+ All Categories
Home > Documents > 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L...

2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L...

Date post: 19-Jul-2020
Category:
Upload: others
View: 2 times
Download: 0 times
Share this document with a friend
202
BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH THE QUEEN MOTHER MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY BY APPOINTMENT TO HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY Jaguar Cars Limited 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5 Published by Technical Support and Communications Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 42
Transcript
Page 1: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH II

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TOHER MAJESTY QUEEN ELIZABETH

THE QUEEN MOTHERMANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARS

JAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

BY APPOINTMENT TOHIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES

MANUFACTURERS OF DAIMLER AND JAGUAR CARSJAGUAR CARS LIMITED COVENTRY

Jaguar Cars Limited

2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical GuideSedan and Estate (Wagon)

2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L DieselModel Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Published by Technical Support and Communications

Publication Part Number – JJM 10 38 20 / 42

Page 2: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5
Page 3: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

1DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Table of Contents

Table of Contents ................................................................................................................................ 1

Table of Contents: Figures ................................................................................................................... 2 – 3

Abbreviations and Acronyms ............................................................................................................... 4

Introduction ........................................................................................................................................ 5

Component Index ............................................................................................................................... 6 – 11

User Instructions ............................................................................................................................... 12 – 13

Symbols and Codes ........................................................................................................................... 14 – 17

Network Configuration ...................................................................................................................... 18

Relay and Fuse Location .................................................................................................................... 19 – 20

Fuse Box Connectors ......................................................................................................................... 21

Major Harnesses and Fuse Box Location ............................................................................................. 22 – 23

Harness In-Line Connector Location .................................................................................................. 24 – 26

Ground Point Location ...................................................................................................................... 27

Control Module Location ................................................................................................................... 28 – 29

Control Module Pin Identification ...................................................................................................... 30 – 37

Electrical Guide Figures and Data ............................................................................ follows after page 37(pages are numbered by Figure number)

Page 4: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

2 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Table of Contents: Figures

FIGURESFig. Description Variant

01 Power Distribution01.1 ............ Main Power Distribution ............................................................................ All Vehicles01.2 ............ Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 .............................................................. All Vehicles01.3 ............ Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 .............................................................. All Vehicles01.4 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) ..................................... All Vehicles01.5 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 1 ................................ All Vehicles01.6 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 2 ................................ All Vehicles01.7 ............ Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver .................................... All Vehicles01.8 ............ EMS Switched Power Distribution: Gasoline Engines ................................... Gasoline Engine Vehicles01.9 ............ EMS Switched Power Distribution: Diesel Engine ........................................ Diesel Engine Vehicles

02 Battery; Starter; Generator02.1 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L .................................................... 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles02.2 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L ................................................................ 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles02.3 ............ Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L D ............................................................ 2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles

03 Engine Management03.1 ............ Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 1 ................................................. 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles03.2 ............ Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 2 ................................................. 2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles03.3 ............ Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 1 ............................................................ 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles03.4 ............ Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 2 ............................................................ 2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles03.5 ............ Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 1 ......................................................... 2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles03.6 ............ Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 2 ......................................................... 2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles

04 Transmission04.1 ............ Automatic Transmission: 16-Bit TCM.......................................................... 16-Bit TCM Vehicles04.2 ............ Automatic Transmission: 32-Bit TCM.......................................................... 32-Bit TCM Vehicles

05 Braking05.1 ............ Anti-Lock Braking ...................................................................................... ABS Vehicles05.2 ............ Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control ........................................................... ABS / TC Vehicles05.3 ............ Dynamic Stability Control .......................................................................... DSC Vehicles

06 Climate Control06.1 ............ Manual Climate Control ............................................................................. Manual Climate Control Vehicles06.2 ............ Automatic Climate Control ......................................................................... Automatic Climate Control Vehicles06.3 ............ Glass Heaters ............................................................................................ All Vehicles

07 Instrumentation07.1 ............ Instrument Cluster ..................................................................................... All Vehicles07.2 ............ Audible Warnings ...................................................................................... All Vehicles

08 Exterior Lighting08.1 ............ Exterior Lighting: Front – Auto Headlamps ................................................. Auto Headlamp Vehicles08.2 ............ Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps ................................................... Non Autolamp Vehicles;

Exterior Lighting: Front – Daytime Running Lamps ...................................... Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles08.3 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan ................................................................... Sedan Vehicles08.4 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) ...................................................... Estate (Wagon) Vehicles08.5 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan European Trailer Towing ............................. Euro. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles08.6 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan U.K. Trailer Towing ..................................... U.K. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles08.7 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan NAS Trailer Towing ..................................... NAS Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles08.8 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) European Trailer Towing ................ Euro. Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles08.9 ............ Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) U.K. Trailer Towing ....................... U.K. Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles08.10 .......... Headlamp Leveling (H/L) ............................................................................ H/L & HID Headlamp Vehicles

09 Interior Lighting09.1 ............ Interior Lighting ......................................................................................... All Vehicles09.2 ............ Dimmer-Controlled Lighting ....................................................................... All Vehicles

Page 5: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

3DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Table of Contents: Figures

FIGURESFig. Description Variant

10 Door Mirrors10.1 ............ Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Non Memory .................................. Non Memory Vehicles10.2 ............ Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Memory .......................................... Memory Vehicles

11 Seat Systems11.1 ............ Powered Seat: Driver – Memory ................................................................. Memory Vehicles11.2 ............ Powered Seat: Passenger – Memory ........................................................... Memory Vehicles11.3 ............ Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement .............................................................. 8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles11.4 ............ Powered Seats: 4-Way Movement .............................................................. 4-Way Powered Seat Vehicles11.5 ............ Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement .............................................................. 2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles11.6 ............ Seat Heaters: Memory ............................................................................... Memory Vehicles11.7 ............ Seat Heaters: Non Memory ........................................................................ Heated Seat Vehicles

12 Door Locking; Security12.1 ............ Central Door Locking: Sedan – Double Locking ........................................... Double Locking Sedan Vehicles12.2 ............ Central Door Locking: Sedan – Non Double Locking ................................... Non Double Locking Sedan Vehicles12.3 ............ Central Door Locking: Estate (Wagon) ......................................................... Estate (Wagon) Vehicles12.4 ............ Security: Sedan .......................................................................................... Sedan Vehicles12.5 ............ Security: Estate (Wagon) ............................................................................. Estate (Wagon) Vehicles

13 Wash / Wipe13.1 ............ Wash / Wipe: Front ................................................................................... Non Rain Sensing Vehicles13.2 ............ Wash / Wipe: Front with Rain Sensing ........................................................ Rain Sensing Vehicles13.3 ............ Wash / Wipe: Rear ..................................................................................... Estate (Wagon) Vehicles

14 Powered Windows; Sliding Roof14.1 ............ Powered Windows .................................................................................... All Vehicles14.2 ............ Sliding Roof ............................................................................................... Sliding Roof Vehicles

15 In-Car Entertainment15.1 ............ In-Car Entertainment – Standard ................................................................ Standard ICE Vehicles15.2 ............ In-Car Entertainment – Premium ................................................................ Premium ICE Vehicles

16 Telematics16.1 ............ Telephone: ROW ....................................................................................... ROW Vehicles16.2 ............ Telephone: NAS ........................................................................................ NAS Vehicles16.3 ............ Telephone with Voice Control: ROW.......................................................... ROW Voice Vehicles16.4 ............ Telephone with Voice Control: NAS ........................................................... NAS Voice Vehicles16.5 ............ Navigation System ..................................................................................... NAV Vehicles (except Japan)16.6 ............ Navigation System: Japan ........................................................................... Japan Vehicles

17 Occupant Protection17.1 ............ Advanced Restraint System: Front Wheel Drive .......................................... Front Wheel Drive Vehicles17.2 ............ Advanced Restraint System: All Wheel Drive .............................................. All Wheel Drive Vehicles

18 Driver Assist18.1 ............ Parking Aid ................................................................................................ Parking Aid Vehicles

19 Ancillaries19.1 ............ Ancillaries: Horn; Cigar Lighter; Accessory Connectors; ............................... All Vehicles

Garage Door Opener; Electrochromic Rear View Mirror

20 Vehicle Multiplex Systems20.1 ............ Controller Area Network: LHD ................................................................... LHD Vehicles20.2 ............ Controller Area Network: RHD .................................................................. RHD Vehicles20.3 ............ Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link .............................. All Vehicles20.4 ............ D2B Network ............................................................................................ All Vehicles

Page 6: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

4 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Abbreviations and Acronyms

The following abbreviations and acronyms are used throughout this Electrical Guide:

A/C Air ConditioningAPP SENSOR Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor

APP1 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 1APP2 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 2APP3 Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor Element 3AWD All Wheel Drive

B+ Battery VoltageBANK 1 RH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 1, 3, 5)BANK 2 LH Cylinder Bank (Cylinders 2, 4, 6)

CAN Controller Area NetworkCHT SENSOR Cylinder Head Temperature SensorCKP SENSOR Crankshaft Position Sensor

CMP SENSOR / 1 Camshaft Position Sensor / RH BankCMP SENSOR / 2 Camshaft Position Sensor / LH Bank

D2B D2B NetworkECT SENSOR Engine Coolant Temperature SensorEFT SENSOR Engine Fuel Temperature SensorEGR VALVE Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve

EGT SENSOR Exhaust Gas Temperature SensorEMS Engine Management System

EOT SENSOR Engine Oil Temperature SensorEST / WAG Estate / Wagon Vehicles

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Close ValveEVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Valve

FTP SENSOR Fuel Tank Pressure SensorFWD Front Wheel DriveGPS Global Positioning SystemHID High Intensity Discharge

HO2 SENSOR 1 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / UpstreamHO2 SENSOR 1 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – RH Bank / DownstreamHO2 SENSOR 2 / 1 Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / UpstreamHO2 SENSOR 2 / 2 Heated Oxygen Sensor – LH Bank / Downstream

IAT SENSOR Intake Air Temperature SensorICE In-Car Entertainment System

IMT SOLENOID VALVE / 1 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / BottomIMT SOLENOID VALVE / 2 Intake Manifold Tuning Valve / Top

IP SENSOR Injection Pressure SensorKS Knock SensorLH Left Hand

LHD Left Hand DriveMAF SENSOR Mass Air Flow SensorMAP SENSOR Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

N/A Normally AspiratedNAS North American Specification

PATS Passive Anti-Theft SystemPWM Pulse Width Modulated

RH Right HandRHD Right Hand Drive

ROW Rest of WorldSCP Standard Corporate Protocol Network

SEDAN Sedan VehiclesT-MAP SENSOR Temperature Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

TP SENSOR Throttle Position SensorTP1 Throttle Position Sensor Element 1TP2 Throttle Position Sensor Element 2

TURN Turn SignalTV TelevisionV6 V6 Engine

VVT SOLENOID VALVE / 1 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 1VVT SOLENOID VALVE / 2 Variable Valve Timing Valve / Bank 2

+ve Positive–ve Negative

2.0 L D 2.0 L Diesel Vehicles2.0 L 2.0 L V6 Vehicles

2.5 L, 3.0 L 2.5 L and 3.0 L V6 Vehicles

Page 7: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

5DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Introduction

Electrical Guide Format

This Electrical Guide is made up of two major sections. The first section, at the front of the book, provides general information for and aboutthe use of the book, and information and illustrations to aid in the understanding of the Jaguar X-TYPE electrical / electronic systems, as wellas the location and identification of components.

The second section includes the Figures, which are the basis of the book. Each Figure is identified by a Figure Number (i.e. Fig. 01.1) andTitle, and is accompanied by a page of data containing information specific to that Figure.

It is recommended that the user read through the front section of the book to develop a familiarity with the layout of the book and with thesystem of symbols and abbreviations used. The Table of Contents should help to guide the user.

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

VIN ranges are presented throughout the book in the following manner:

VIN 123456 indicates “up to VIN 123456”; VIN 123456 indicates “from VIN 123456 on”.

Jaguar 2004.25 / 2004.5 Model Year X-TYPE Electrical System Architecture

Power SuppliesThe Jaguar X-TYPE electrical system is a supply-side switched system. The ignition switch directly carries much of the ignition switched powersupply load. Power supply is provided via three methods: direct battery power supply, ignition switched power supply, and “Battery SaverPower Supply”. The “Battery Saver Power Supply” circuit is controlled via the GEM (General Electronic Module). Refer to Figure 01.7 forcircuit activation details.

Fuse BoxesThe electrical harness incorporates two serviceable power distribution fuse boxes: the Power Distribution Fuse Box located in the enginecompartment and the Passenger Junction Fuse Box located in the left-hand ‘A’ Post. All fuses and relays (except the trailer towing accessorykit and two Diesel vehicle relays) are located in the two fuse boxes.

Vehicle NetworksThe X-TYPE employs three different networks: a CAN (Controller Area Network) for high-speed power train communications, an SCP(Standard Corporate Protocol) network for slower speed body systems communications, and a D2B (Optical) Network for very high-speed“real-time” audio data transfer. The D2B Network is a fiber optic network with a gateway to the remaining vehicle networks via the AudioUnit. Technician access to the three networks and the Serial Data Link is via the Data Link Connector.

Ground StudsCircuit ground connections are made at body studs located throughout the vehicle. There are no separate power and logic grounding systems;however, there are a certain number of components that use unique ground points.

X-TYPE INSTRUMENT PANEL

Page 8: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

6 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Component Index

Accessory Connector – Rear ............................................ Fig. 08.5...................................................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7...................................................................................... Fig. 08.8...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9...................................................................................... Fig. 19.1

Accessory Connector – Trailer Towing ............................. Fig. 08.7...................................................................................... Fig. 08.5...................................................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.8...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9

Accessory Connector – Cabin .......................................... Fig. 19.1

Accessory Relay .............................................................. Fig. 01.4

Air Conditioning Blower Relay ......................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2

Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Relay ...................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6

Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch ............................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6

Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor .................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6

Air Temperature Blend Actuator ...................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2

AM /FM Antenna – Estate (Wagon) .................................. Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Ambient Temperature Sensor – 2.0 L D ........................... Fig. 03.5

Ambient Temperature Sensor .......................................... Fig. 06.2

Antenna Module – Sedan ................................................ Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Module ................... Fig. 05.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Anti-Lock Braking System Module ................................... Fig. 05.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

APP Sensor – 2.0 L D ...................................................... Fig. 03.5

APP Sensor – 2.5 L, 3.0 L ................................................ Fig. 03.1

Audio Control Switches ................................................... Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Audio Unit ..................................................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3...................................................................................... Fig. 20.4

Auto Headlamps Sensor .................................................. Fig. 08.1

Automatic Transmission .................................................. Fig. 04.1...................................................................................... Fig. 04.2

Auxiliary Heater Relays ................................................... Fig. 03.6

Axle Sensors ................................................................... Fig. 08.10

Battery Saver Relay ......................................................... Fig. 01.7

Battery ........................................................................... Fig. 01.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 02.3

Blower – Automatic Climate Control ............................... Fig. 06.2

Blower – Manual Climate Control .................................... Fig. 06.1

Blower Series Resistor ..................................................... Fig. 06.1

Brake Cancel Switch ....................................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6

Brake Fluid Level Switch ................................................. Fig. 07.1

Brake On / Off Switch ..................................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.5...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6...................................................................................... Fig. 05.1...................................................................................... Fig. 05.2...................................................................................... Fig. 05.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4

Brake Pressure Sensor ..................................................... Fig. 05.3

Caravan Connector ......................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9

CD Autochanger ............................................................. Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.4

Cellular Phone Module ................................................... Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4...................................................................................... Fig. 20.4

CHT Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 03.5

Cigar Lighter ................................................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 19.1

CKP Sensor – 2.0 L D ...................................................... Fig. 03.5

CKP Sensor – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L ....................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

Climate Control Module – Panel ...................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.3...................................................................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Climate Control Module – Remote .................................. Fig. 06.2...................................................................................... Fig. 06.3...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Clutch Cancel Switch ...................................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4

Clutch Pedal Safety Switch .............................................. Fig. 02.1

Clutch Switch – 2.0 L D ................................................... Fig. 03.5...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6

CMP Sensor – 2.0 L D ..................................................... Fig. 03.5

CMP Sensors – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L ..................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

Cooling Fans ................................................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6

Cooling Fan Module ........................................................ Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6

Curtain Airbag Igniters .................................................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Customer Power Connector ............................................ Fig. 19.1

Page 9: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

7DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Component Index

Data Link Connector ....................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Defrost Door Actuator .................................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2

Dip Beam Relay .............................................................. Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2

Discharge Temperature Sensor ........................................ Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2

Door Latch – Driver ........................................................ Fig. 07.2...................................................................................... Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 11.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 14.1...................................................................................... Fig. 14.2

Door Latch – LH Rear ...................................................... Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Door Latch – Passenger ................................................... Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Door Latch – RH Rear ..................................................... Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Door Mirrors .................................................................. Fig. 06.3...................................................................................... Fig. 10.2...................................................................................... Fig. 10.3

Door Switch Pack – Driver .............................................. Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 10.2...................................................................................... Fig. 10.3...................................................................................... Fig. 14.1

Door Switch Pack – LH Rear ............................................ Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 14.1

Door Switch Pack – Passenger ......................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 14.1

Door Switch Pack – RH Rear ........................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 14.1

Dual Airbag Igniters ........................................................ Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Dynamic Stability Control Module ................................... Fig. 05.3...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Dynamic Stability Control Switch .................................... Fig. 05.3...................................................................................... Fig. 09.2

ECT Sensor ..................................................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

EFT Sensor – 2.0 L D ....................................................... Fig. 03.5

EFT Sensor – 2.5 L, 3.0 L ................................................. Fig. 03.1

EGR Solenoid Valve ........................................................ Fig. 03.5

Electric Auxiliary Heater ................................................. Fig. 03.6

Electrochromic Rear View Mirror .................................... Fig. 19.1

EMS Control Relay .......................................................... Fig. 01.8...................................................................................... Fig. 01.9

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D..................................... Fig. 01.9...................................................................................... Fig. 02.3...................................................................................... Fig. 03.5...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L ........................................ Fig. 01.8...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L ............................... Fig. 01.8...................................................................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

EOT Sensor ..................................................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

EVAP Canister Close Valve .............................................. Fig. 03.1

EVAP Canister Purge Valve .............................................. Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

Evaporator Temperature Sensor ...................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2

Fog Lamps – Front .......................................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2

Fold Back Module ........................................................... Fig. 10.2

Footwell Lamps .............................................................. Fig. 09.1

Fresh / Recirculation Flap Actuator .................................. Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2

FTP Sensor ..................................................................... Fig. 03.1

Fuel Injectors – 2.0 L D ................................................... Fig. 03.5

Fuel Injectors – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L .................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4

Fuel Level Sensors ........................................................... Fig. 07.1

Fuel Metering Valve ........................................................ Fig. 03.5

Fuel Pump – 2.0 L ........................................................... Fig. 03.4

Fuel Pump – 2.5 L, 3.0 L ................................................. Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.2

Fuel Pump Module ......................................................... Fig. 03.2

Fuel Pump Relay ............................................................. Fig. 03.4

Fuel-Fired Auxiliary Heater Module ................................. Fig. 03.6...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Full Range Speaker – Rear ............................................... Fig. 15.1

Page 10: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

8 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Component Index

General Electronic Module .............................................. Fig. 01.7...................................................................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 02.3...................................................................................... Fig. 07.1...................................................................................... Fig. 07.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4...................................................................................... Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2...................................................................................... Fig. 13.3...................................................................................... Fig. 14.1...................................................................................... Fig. 14.2...................................................................................... Fig. 18.1...................................................................................... Fig. 19.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Generator – 2.0 L D ........................................................ Fig. 02.3

Generator – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L ......................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2

Glove Box Lamp ............................................................. Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 09.1

Glow Plug Power Eyelet .................................................. Fig. 03.5

Glow Plug Relay .............................................................. Fig. 03.5

Handset Receiver ............................................................ Fig. 16.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4

Handset ......................................................................... Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3

Hazard and Seat Heater Switches .................................... Fig. 09.2

Hazard Switch ................................................................ Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4

Headlamp Leveling Module ............................................. Fig. 08.10...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Headlamp Units .............................................................. Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.10

Heated Door Mirrors ...................................................... Fig. 06.3

Heated Rear Window – Estate (Wagon) ............................ Fig. 06.3

Heated Rear Window – Sedan ......................................... Fig. 06.3...................................................................................... Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Heated Rear Window Relay ............................................. Fig. 06.3

High-Mount Stop Lamp – Estate (Wagon) ......................... Fig. 08.4...................................................................................... Fig. 08.8...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9

High-Mount Stop Lamp – Sedan ...................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.5...................................................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7

HO2 Sensors .................................................................. Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

Hood Security Switch ...................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Horn Relay – 2.0 L D ....................................................... Fig. 19.1

Horn Relay – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L ....................................... Fig. 19.1

Horn Switch ................................................................... Fig. 19.1

Horns ............................................................................. Fig. 19.1

Idle Speed Control Valve ................................................. Fig. 03.3

Ignition Capacitor ........................................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4

Ignition Modules and Coils .............................................. Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4

Ignition Switch ................................................................ Fig. 01.1...................................................................................... Fig. 01.4...................................................................................... Fig. 01.5...................................................................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 02.3...................................................................................... Fig. 04.1...................................................................................... Fig. 04.2...................................................................................... Fig. 07.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Impact Sensor – Front ..................................................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

IMT Solenoid Valves ....................................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

In-Car Temperature Sensor ............................................. Fig. 06.2

Inclination Sensor ........................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Inertia Switch ................................................................. Fig. 01.1...................................................................................... Fig. 01.5...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3

Instrument Cluster .......................................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 02.3...................................................................................... Fig. 07.1...................................................................................... Fig. 07.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4...................................................................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Interior Lamp – Rear ....................................................... Fig. 09.1

IP Sensor – 2.0 L D ......................................................... Fig. 03.5

IP Sensor – 2.5 L, 3.0 L .................................................... Fig. 03.1

J-Gate Module ................................................................ Fig. 04.1...................................................................................... Fig. 04.2...................................................................................... Fig. 07.2...................................................................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Page 11: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

9DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Component Index

Knee Bolster Igniter – Driver ........................................... Fig. 17.2

Knock Sensor – 2.0 L D ................................................... Fig. 03.5

Knock Sensor – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L .................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

License Plate Lamps – Estate (Wagon) .............................. Fig. 08.4...................................................................................... Fig. 08.8...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4...................................................................................... Fig. 08.8...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9

License Plate Lamps – Sedan ........................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.5...................................................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7...................................................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.5...................................................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7

Lumbar Switch Packs ...................................................... Fig. 11.3...................................................................................... Fig. 11.4

MAF Sensor – 2.0 L D ..................................................... Fig. 03.5

MAF Sensor – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L ...................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

Main Beam / Front Fog Relay ........................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2

MAP Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

Master Lighting Switch .................................................... Fig. 07.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4...................................................................................... Fig. 08.10...................................................................................... Fig. 09.2

Mid Bass Speakers – Front Door ...................................... Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Mid Bass Speakers – Rear ................................................ Fig. 15.2

Navigation Control Module ............................................. Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4...................................................................................... Fig. 16.5...................................................................................... Fig. 16.6...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3...................................................................................... Fig. 20.4

Navigation GPS Antennas ............................................... Fig. 16.5...................................................................................... Fig. 16.6

Oil Pressure Switches ...................................................... Fig. 07.1

Panel / Floor Actuator ..................................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2

Parking Aid Module ........................................................ Fig. 18.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Parking Aid Sensors ........................................................ Fig. 18.1

Parking Aid Sounders ...................................................... Fig. 18.1

Parking Brake Switch ...................................................... Fig. 07.1

Passenger Airbag Deactivated Indicator Lamp .................. Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Passenger Junction Fuse Box Ignition Relay ...................... Fig. 01.6

Passenger Junction Fuse Box ........................................... Fig. 01.1...................................................................................... Fig. 01.3...................................................................................... Fig. 01.4...................................................................................... Fig. 01.6...................................................................................... Fig. 01.7...................................................................................... Fig. 01.8...................................................................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 06.1...................................................................................... Fig. 06.2...................................................................................... Fig. 06.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4...................................................................................... Fig. 10.2...................................................................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2...................................................................................... Fig. 13.3

Passenger Seat Belt Tension Sensor ................................. Fig. 17.2

Passenger Seat Weight Pressure Sensor ........................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Passenger Seat Weight Sensing Module ........................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Passive Anti-Theft System Transceiver ............................. Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 02.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Power Amplifier ............................................................. Fig. 15.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.4

Power Distribution Fuse Box Ignition Relay...................... Fig. 01.5

Power Distribution Fuse Box ........................................... Fig. 01.1...................................................................................... Fig. 01.2...................................................................................... Fig. 01.5...................................................................................... Fig. 01.8...................................................................................... Fig. 01.9...................................................................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 02.3...................................................................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.5...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6...................................................................................... Fig. 06.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.10...................................................................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2...................................................................................... Fig. 19.1

Powerwash Pump Relay .................................................. Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2

Powerwash Pump ........................................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2

Rain Sensing Module ....................................................... Fig. 13.2

Rain Sensor .................................................................... Fig. 13.2

Restraints Control Module – AWD Vehicles ..................... Fig. 07.1...................................................................................... Fig. 07.2...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Restraints Control Module – FWD Vehicles ...................... Fig. 07.1...................................................................................... Fig. 07.2...................................................................................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Page 12: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

10 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Component Index

Reverse Lamps Relay ....................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4

Reverse Lamps Switch ..................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4

RF Module ...................................................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 14.1...................................................................................... Fig. 14.2

Roof Console – Printed Circuit Board .............................. Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 14.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4...................................................................................... Fig. 16.6...................................................................................... Fig. 18.1...................................................................................... Fig. 19.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Roof Console – Without Printed Circuit Board ................. Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5...................................................................................... Fig. 14.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4...................................................................................... Fig. 16.6...................................................................................... Fig. 20.3

Seat Back Heaters ........................................................... Fig. 11.6...................................................................................... Fig. 11.7

Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Igniters .............................. Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Seat Belt Reel Pretensioner Igniters .................................. Fig. 17.2

Seat Belt Switches ........................................................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Seat Cushion Heaters ...................................................... Fig. 11.6...................................................................................... Fig. 11.7

Seat Heater Modules ....................................................... Fig. 11.7

Seat Heater Switches ....................................................... Fig. 11.6...................................................................................... Fig. 11.7

Seat Lumbar Pump – Driver ............................................ Fig. 11.1

Seat Lumbar Pump – LH.................................................. Fig. 11.3...................................................................................... Fig. 11.4

Seat Lumbar Pump – RH ................................................. Fig. 11.3...................................................................................... Fig. 11.4

Seat Lumbar Pump – Passenger ....................................... Fig. 11.2

Seat Module – Driver ...................................................... Fig. 06.3...................................................................................... Fig. 10.3...................................................................................... Fig. 11.1...................................................................................... Fig. 11.6...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Seat Module – Passenger ................................................. Fig. 11.2...................................................................................... Fig. 11.6

Seat Motor – RH ............................................................. Fig. 11.5

Seat Motor – LH .............................................................. Fig. 11.5

Seat Motors – Passenger .................................................. Fig. 11.2

Seat Motors and Position Sensors – Driver ....................... Fig. 11.1

Seat Movement Motors – RH ........................................... Fig. 11.3...................................................................................... Fig. 11.4

Seat Movement Motors – LH ........................................... Fig. 11.3...................................................................................... Fig. 11.4

Seat Position Switch – Driver ........................................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Seat Position Switch – Passenger ..................................... Fig. 17.2

Seat Switch Packs ........................................................... Fig. 11.3...................................................................................... Fig. 11.4...................................................................................... Fig. 11.5

Security Indicator ........................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Security Sounders ........................................................... Fig. 12.4...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Side Airbag Igniters ......................................................... Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Side Impact Sensors ........................................................ Fig. 17.1...................................................................................... Fig. 17.2

Side Marker Lamps – Front .............................................. Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2

Side Marker Lamps – Rear ............................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7

Slave Ignition Relay ......................................................... Fig. 01.5

Sliding Roof Module ........................................................ Fig. 14.2

Solid State Relay ............................................................. Fig. 03.6

Speed Control Module .................................................... Fig. 03.4

Speed Control Switches ................................................... Fig. 03.2...................................................................................... Fig. 03.4...................................................................................... Fig. 03.6

Starter Motor – 2.0 L D ................................................... Fig. 02.3

Starter Motor – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L .................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2

Starter Relay ................................................................... Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 02.3

Steering Angle Sensor ..................................................... Fig. 05.3...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Steering Wheel ............................................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4...................................................................................... Fig. 19.1

Sub Woofers ................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Tail Gate Latch................................................................ Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Tail Gate Release Switch ................................................. Fig. 12.3

Tail Glass Latch ............................................................... Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.3...................................................................................... Fig. 12.5

Tail Glass Release Switch ................................................. Fig. 12.3

Tail Lamp Units .............................................................. Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4...................................................................................... Fig. 08.5...................................................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7...................................................................................... Fig. 08.8...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9

Page 13: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

11DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Component Index

Telematics Display .......................................................... Fig. 09.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4...................................................................................... Fig. 16.5...................................................................................... Fig. 16.6

Telephone Antenna – Bumper ......................................... Fig. 16.2...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4

Telephone Antenna – Estate (Wagon): AM/FM ................. Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3

Telephone Antenna – Sedan: Bumper .............................. Fig. 16.1...................................................................................... Fig. 16.3

Throttle Motor Relay ....................................................... Fig. 03.1

Throttle Motor ................................................................ Fig. 03.1

T-MAP Sensor ................................................................. Fig. 03.5

TP Sensor – 2.0 L ............................................................ Fig. 03.3

TP Sensor – 2.5 L, 3.0 L ................................................... Fig. 03.1

Traction Control Switch .................................................. Fig. 05.2...................................................................................... Fig. 09.2

Trailer Towing Connector ............................................... Fig. 08.5...................................................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7...................................................................................... Fig. 08.8...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9

Trailer Towing Module .................................................... Fig. 08.5...................................................................................... Fig. 08.6...................................................................................... Fig. 08.7...................................................................................... Fig. 08.8...................................................................................... Fig. 08.9

Transit Isolation Relay ..................................................... Fig. 01.1

Transmission Control Module – 16 Bit ............................. Fig. 04.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Transmission Control Module – 32 Bit ............................. Fig. 04.2...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Transmission Range Sensor ............................................. Fig. 02.1...................................................................................... Fig. 02.2...................................................................................... Fig. 04.1...................................................................................... Fig. 04.2

Trunk Lamps ................................................................... Fig. 09.1

Trunk Lock Motor ........................................................... Fig. 09.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2...................................................................................... Fig. 12.4

Trunk Release Switch ...................................................... Fig. 12.1...................................................................................... Fig. 12.2

Turbocharger Solenoid Valve .......................................... Fig. 03.5

Turn Signal Repeaters – Front .......................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2

Turn Signal Switch .......................................................... Fig. 07.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.1...................................................................................... Fig. 08.2...................................................................................... Fig. 08.3...................................................................................... Fig. 08.4

TV Antennas and Amplifiers ............................................ Fig. 16.5...................................................................................... Fig. 16.6

Tweeter Speakers – Front Door ....................................... Fig. 15.1...................................................................................... Fig. 15.2

Tweeter Speakers – Rear ................................................. Fig. 15.2

Vacuum Module ............................................................. Fig. 05.1...................................................................................... Fig. 05.2...................................................................................... Fig. 05.3

Vacuum Pump ................................................................ Fig. 05.1...................................................................................... Fig. 05.2...................................................................................... Fig. 05.3

Vanity Mirror Lamps ....................................................... Fig. 09.1

Vehicle Information Antenna and Amplifier ..................... Fig. 16.6

Vehicle Information Control Module ............................... Fig. 16.6

Vehicle Information Sensor ............................................. Fig. 16.6

Voice Activation Module ................................................. Fig. 16.3...................................................................................... Fig. 16.4...................................................................................... Fig. 20.4

VVT Solenoid Valves ....................................................... Fig. 03.1...................................................................................... Fig. 03.3

Washer Fluid Level Switch .............................................. Fig. 07.1

Wheel Speed Sensors ...................................................... Fig. 05.1...................................................................................... Fig. 05.2...................................................................................... Fig. 05.3

Window Motors .............................................................. Fig. 14.1

Windshield Heaters ........................................................ Fig. 06.3

Windshield Heater Relay ................................................. Fig. 06.3

Windshield Washer Pump ............................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2...................................................................................... Fig. 13.3

Windshield Wiper Motor Relay ....................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2

Wiper Motor – Front ....................................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2

Wiper Motor – Rear ........................................................ Fig. 13.3

Wiper Motor Relay – Rear ............................................... Fig. 13.3

Wiper Switch Assembly ................................................... Fig. 13.1...................................................................................... Fig. 13.2...................................................................................... Fig. 13.3

Yaw Rate Sensor ............................................................. Fig. 05.3...................................................................................... Fig. 20.1...................................................................................... Fig. 20.2

Page 14: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

12 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5User Instructions

Figure and Data Page Layout

Figure PagesEach Figure represents a specific electrical system of the vehicle. The Figures are arranged numerically by system (01 - Power Distribution,02 - Battery; Starter; Generator, etc.) with variations in the system identified by a numeral following a decimal point (01.1, 01.2, etc.).Refer to the Table of Contents: Figures for a complete list of the Figures.

The Figures 01 - Power Distribution detail the distribution of power to each of the systems. Numbered reference symbols refer the userto a specific Figure and from a specific Figure back to the Power Distribution Figures. This method eliminates the need to include detailedPower Distribution information on each of the Figures. The reference symbols are defined on page 12.

Each Figure appears on a right-hand page with a corresponding Data page to the left. The Figure and Data pages are folding pages. The usermust fold out both pages in order to access all the information provided.

Data PagesThe Data page includes information to assist the user in identifying and locating components, connectors and grounds. This information issupplemented by the illustrations in this front section of the book.

When network data is required for the understanding of a particular circuit, the user is directed to the Appendix.

Most circuits that incorporate a control module include pinout information. The characteristics listed are approximately those that can beexpected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all components connected and fitted. This informationis provided to assist the user in understanding circuit operation and should be used FOR REFERENCE ONLY.

Page 15: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

13DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 User Instructions

CONTROL MODULE PIN OUT INFORMATION FIGURE NUMBER COMPONENT, CONNECTOR ANDGROUND INFORMATION

DATE OF ISSUE

FIGURE

DATA PAGE

MODEL RANGE AND YEAR TITLE FIGURE NUMBER

KEY TO REFERENCE SYMBOLS VARIANT, VIN RANGE ANDDATE OF ISSUE

FIGURE PAGE

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 02.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / WHITE TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

GENERATOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1 / FRONT

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

STARTER MOTOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN700 EYELET ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDEST2 EYELET

STARTER RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+

I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / B+ IN P, N

O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-053 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE

I EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION

I EN16-079 GENERATOR CHARGE / FAULT: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON

C EN16-123 CAN -

C EN16-124 CAN +

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND

O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Fig. 02.1

R

B

YIP18-7

IP18-5

IP18-4

I

II

III

3

OIP10-4IP15-4

IP10-23

IP10-2220.3

20.3U

Y

IP5-18

IP5-1920.3

20.3U

Y

WGIP10-3IP15-3

IP10-5IP15-2

IP15-1

G

IP11-8G37AL

(G36BL)

D

D

BIP6-8

I

B

GIP10-6

BJB160

EN16-123

EN16-124

EN16-079

EN16-053

Y

G

ST2

B

B

EN49-2

EN49-1

EN49-4

GR

RG

U

ST4

Y

I

I

16II

EN16-065 EN49-3

OG

O

20.2 20.1IP10-17

IP10-18

20.220.1Y

G

JB156-6

JB156-10

RWB

42II

JB129-11

JB2-16

GO BRW(NAS)

(ROW)

(NAS)

(ROW)

Y Y

I

I

P, N

EN16-031

Y

B

EN16-041

GO O

GO

26

JB1-40

Y

JB1-34

(AUTO)

(MAN)W

U

PA5-2PA5-1

EN16-006

BG12A

G16AS

BG12B

G13AS

4

JB145-5

JB2-12

30II

IP11-13

YU

B

N

P

EN700

JB1-42

Y

YB

B

P

JB205-7

JB205-8

Y

F34 30A

3

1

5

2

R12 4

JB208-3

JB206-8

B

P

1I

S

S–

+

+

+C

C

C

C

S

S–

+

20.2 20.120.220.1

BATTERY

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR

CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

O.K. TO START

O.K. TO STARTGENERATOR

WARNING

STARTERRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

STARTER MOTOR

STARTENGINE

CRANKENGINEREQUEST

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.1.

FIELD

GENERATORCONTROL

CHARGE / FAULT

GENERATOR

2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles

Page 16: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

14 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

H

Symbols and Codes

NOTE: In the examples on this page, an ‘X’ is used where a number would appear on an actual Figure.

Reference Symbols

Battery power supply

Ignition switched auxiliary power supply (key I)

Ignition switched power supply (key II, III)

Ignition switched Battery Saver power supply

Engine Management System power supply

Figure number reference

Controller Area Network

Standard Corporate Protocol network

D2B network

Wiring Symbols

Simplified splice

Bulb

Capacitor

Connector

Diode

Eyelet and stud

Fuse

Ground

Hall effect sensor

Motor

Potentiometer

Pressure transducer

Resistor

Solenoid

Suppression diode

Suppression resistor

Thermistor

Transistor

Wire continued

Zener diode

X

XX.X

SCP

CAN

D2B

XI

XII

EX

BX

Light emitting diode (LED)

Splice

Control Module Pin Symbols

Input CAN network

Output SCP network

Battery voltage D2B network

Power ground Serial and encoded data

Sensor/signal supply V *

Sensor/signal ground **

* May also indicate Reference Voltage.

** May also indicate Reference Ground or Logic Ground.

Refer to Control Module Pin-Out Information.

I

O

C

S

+

D

D2

B+

P

Page 17: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

15DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Symbols and Codes

Wiring Color Codes

N Brown O Orange

B Black S Slate

W White L Light

K Pink U Blue

G Green P Purple

R Red BRD Braid

Y Yellow BOF Fiber optic (D2B Network)

Code Numbering

When numbering connectors, grounds and splices, Jaguar Engineer-ing uses a three-position format: AC001, AC002, etc. Because spaceis limited in this Electrical Guide the codes have, in most cases, beenshortened. Thus AC001-001 becomes AC1-1, AC002-001 becomesAC2-1, etc.

Harness Codes

AC Climate Control

AS Side Airbag

BH Engine Block Heaters

BL LH Rear Door

BR RH Rear Door

CA Cabin

DE Diesel Engine

DL Diesel Engine Link

EN Engine

FB Front Bumper

FL LH Front Door

FR RH Front Door

FT Fuel Tank

GC Cooling Pack

IJ Injector Rail

IP Instrument Panel

JB Junction Box

LF LH Front Wheel Speed Sensor

LR LH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor

LS LH Front Seat

NA Navigation System

PA Pedal Assembly

PH Telephone

RB Rear Bumper

RC Roof Console

RF RH Front Wheel Speed Sensor

RR RH Rear Wheel Speed Sensor

RS RH Front Seat

SL Security Sounder Link

TL Trunk Lid

TT Trailer Towing

TV Television

WG Tailgate Glass (Estate / Wagon only)

WL Tailgate Link (Estate / Wagon only)

WS Weight Sensor

WT Tailgate (Estate / Wagon only)

Page 18: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

16 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Symbols and Codes

Grounds

There may be up to three eyelets on one ground stud. A, B and C are used to indicate the position of the eyelet on the stud: A – first (bottom),B – second (middle), C – third (top). Two eyelet variations are used: a single eyelet and an eyelet pair. The single eyelet has a single ‘leg’,which is identified by an S; the eyelet pair has two ‘legs’, identified as L (left) or R (right).

EXAMPLE:

S L R

SINGLE EYELET EYELET PAIR

G15AS G30CR

Ground

Ground stud number 15

Single eyelet

First eyelet on stud

Ground

Ground stud number 30

Eyelet pair, RH leg

Third eyelet on stud

On figures where LHD and RHD circuits are combined and the ground designation differs from LHD to RHD, the RHD ground is shown inparentheses. If the ground designation is the same for LHD and RHD, only one ground designation is used.

EXAMPLE:

G15AR(G4AR)

G30ASLHD Vehicles

RHD VehiclesSame for LHD and RHD Vehicles

Relays

Serviceable RelaysServiceable relays are located in both fuse boxes. They do not have a separate relay connector (base). All relays use the ISO pin numberingsystem – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Each relay is identified by an “R” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.

EXAMPLE:

Non-Serviceable RelaysNon-serviceable relays are located in both fuse boxes. They are a component part of the fuse box printed circuit board (PCB) and are arrangedin singles or pairs. The relays use the ISO pin numbering system – 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (single relay or top pair relay) and 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 (bottom pair relay).Each relay is identified by an “R” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located. Pair relays are normally depicted separately.

EXAMPLE:

3

1

5

2

R2 4

V SUPPLY

V SUPPLY

NORMALLY CLOSED

SWITCHED POWER (NORMALLY OPEN)

SEEKS GROUND

CHANGE-OVER RELAY:RELAY PIN NUMBERS

AND STANDARD FUNCTIONS

3

1

5

2

R9

8

6

10

7

9

4

3

1

5

2

R9 4

8

6

10

7

R9 9

3

1

5

2

R10 4

SINGLEPCB RELAY

PCBPAIR RELAY

PCBPAIR RELAY

AS DEPICTED

NOTE: Diesel vehicles have one serviceable relay located on the Junction Box harness and one serviceable relay attached to the PowerDistribution Fuse Box.

Page 19: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

17DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

F38 30A

S

SIP5-2

IP5-120.2

20.2 20.2

IP10-1

IP10-2

S

SU

Y

U

Y20.2

SCP

Symbols and Codes

Fuses

All fuses are located in the fuse boxes. Each fuse is identified by an “F” number unique only to the fuse box in which it is located.

EXAMPLE:

Networks

In most instances, networks are shown as a broken grey line to indicate that there is network communication between the depicted controlmodules. Refer to Figures 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 for circuit details.

EXAMPLE:

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

MESSAGE(S)

CONTROL MODULE CONTROL MODULE

Component Depictions

EXAMPLE:

COMPLETE COMPONENTSAND CONTROL MODULES

INCOMPLETE COMPONENTS(EXCEPT CONTROL MODULES)

ASSEMBLIES ANDPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOXES

COMPONENTS WITHINTERNAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUIT

Page 20: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

18 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

CAN SCP

D2B

SERIAL DATA LINK

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

CAN NETWORK

SCP NETWORK

D2B NETWORK

SERIAL DATA LINK

NOTE: TYPICAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION.REFER TO FIGURES 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 AND 20.4 FOR CIRCUIT DETAILS.

Network Configuration

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

PARKING AIDMODULE

ROOFCONSOLE

FUEL FIREDAUXILIARY HEATER

MODULE

ABS, ABS/TC OR DSCCONTROL MODULE

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

(GASOLINE ENGINES)

DRIVER SEATMODULE

DSCYAW RATE SENSOR

HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE

DSCSTEERING ANGLE

SENSOR

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

CLIMATECONTROL MODULE

J-GATE MODULE

INSTRUMENTCLUSTER

NETWORK GATEWAY

ENGINECONTROL MODULE(DIESEL ENGINES)

AUDIO UNIT

NETWORK GATEWAY

POWERAMPLIFIER

NAVIGATIONMODULE

VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE

CELLULAR PHONEMODULE

CDAUTOCHANGER

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

Page 21: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

19DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

F1

10AF2

15AF4

10AF5

10AF6

7.5AF8

30AF9

30AF10

15AF11

15AF13

5AF14

30AF15

30AF16

5AF17

10AF18

10AF19

10AF20

30AF21

30A

F24

30AF27

15AF29

20AF30

20AF32

15AF35

5AF34

30AF36

5AF38

20A

R12, R13, R14, R10 *

R1 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7

R11R8

R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6 R7

R11R10R8

F1

10AF2

15AF3

20AF4

10AF5

10AF7

5AF8

30AF9

30AF11

15AF12

7.5AF13

5AF14

30AF15

30AF16

5AF17

10AF18

10AF19

10AF20

7.5AF21

15A

F22

60AF24

30AF27

15AF29

20AF30

20AF31

15AF32

15AF35

5A

F34

30A

F34

30AF36

7.5AF38

30A

R12, R13, R14, R10 *

Relay and Fuse Location

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (TOP): GASOLINE ENGINE VEHICLES

FRONT OF VEHICLE

R1 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY

R2 NOT USED

R3 A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

R4 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY

R5 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX IGNITION RELAY

R6 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY

R7 EMS CONTROL RELAY

R8 POWERWASH PUMP RELAY

R9 NOT USED

R10 NOT USED

R11 DIP BEAM RELAY

R12 STARTER RELAY

R13 SLAVE IGNITION RELAY

R14 NOT USED

R15 HORN RELAY

* NON-SERVICEABLE PCB RELAYS

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (TOP): DIESEL ENGINE VEHICLES

FRONT OF VEHICLE

R1 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY

R2 HORN RELAY

R3 A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY

R4 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY

R5 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX IGNITION RELAY

R6 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY

R7 EMS CONTROL RELAY

R8 POWERWASH PUMP RELAY

R9 NOT USED

R10 GLOW PLUG RELAY

R11 DIP BEAM RELAY

R12 STARTER RELAY

R13 SLAVE IGNITION RELAY

R14 NOT USED

R15 AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 1

* NON-SERVICEABLE PCB RELAYS

Page 22: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

20 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

R1

R4 R5

R3

R2

F12

10A

F24

20A

F36

20A

F48

7.5A

F11

20A

F23

20A

F35

15A

F47

7.5A

F10

15A

F22

15A

F34

10A

F46

7.5A

F9

10A

F21

20A

F45

10A

F8

20A

F20

30A

F32

5A

F44

15A

F7

10A

F19

30A

F31

15A

F43

10A

F18

15A

F30

5A

F42

5A

F5

20A

F17

20A

F29

7.5A

F41

5A

F4

20A

F16

30A

F28

15A

F40

5A

F3

30A

F15

10A

F27

5A

F39

10A

F2

10A

F14

30A

F26

10A

F38

15A

F25

5A

F37

30A

F55

7.5AF54

5AF53

10AF52

15AF51

7.5AF50

5AF49

10A

R6

R7, R8, R9, R10 *

F42

50A

F41

60A

F40

80A

F39

150A

Relay and Fuse Location

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (BOTTOM)

FRONT OF VEHICLE

PASSENGER JUNCTIONFUSE BOX (FRONT)

R1 FOLD-BACK MIRROR MODULE

R2 ACCESSORY RELAY

R3 REAR WIPER MOTOR RELAY(ESTATE / WAGON ONLY)

R4 BLOWER MOTOR RELAY

R5 PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX IGNITION RELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTIONFUSE BOX (BACK)

* NON-SERVICEABLE PCB RELAYS

R6 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY

R7 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY (2.5 L, 3.0 L)FUEL PUMP RELAY (2.0 L)

R8 NOT USED

R9 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY

R10 BATTERY SAVER RELAY

Page 23: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

21DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

IP203

14 7

8 1

1

2

14 7

8 1

1 6

5 10

1 7

6 12

8 1

916

13

8 1

7

8 1

916

169

81

IP202

IP201

2

1 2

3 4

1 2

3 4

4

1 4

5 8

1

1 5

6

12 7

6 1

8 5

4 1

10

4

5 8

3

2 1

1

JB208 JB207 JB206

JB203JB204

JB205

JB202

JB200

JB211

JB210

JB212

JB209

JB201

CA204

CA209 CA208

JB220

JB221

CA206

Fuse Box Connectors

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX (BOTTOM)

FRONT OF VEHICLE

PASSENGER JUNCTIONFUSE BOX (FRONT)

PASSENGER JUNCTIONFUSE BOX (BACK)

Page 24: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

22 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

+

Major Harnesses and Fuse Box Location

SEDAN (GASOLINE ENGINE SHOWN)

BATTERY

BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND(UNDER BATTERY TRAY)

POWER DISTRIBUTIONFUSE BOX

JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (JB)

PASSENGER JUNCTIONFUSE BOX

CABIN HARNESS (CA)

STARTER MOTOR

GENERATOR

BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

ENGINE HARNESS (EN)

RHD JUNCTION BOXHARNESS DEVIATION

RHD INSTRUMENT PANELHARNESS DEVIATION

INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS (IP)

Page 25: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

23DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

+

Major Harnesses and Fuse Box Location

ESTATE / WAGON (GASOLINE ENGINE SHOWN)

BATTERY

BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND(UNDER BATTERY TRAY)

POWER DISTRIBUTIONFUSE BOX

JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (JB)

PASSENGER JUNCTIONFUSE BOX

CABIN HARNESS (CA)

STARTER MOTOR

GENERATOR

BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

ENGINE HARNESS (EN)

RHD JUNCTION BOXHARNESS DEVIATION

RHD INSTRUMENT PANELHARNESS DEVIATION

INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS (IP)

Page 26: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

24 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Harness In-Line Connector Location

JB187JB188

JB1

JB2

EN4

JB79JB173JB133

CA10CA170

CA1CA169CA189CA222CA230CA240

JB15

CA35

JB145

JB3JB129JB130

CA55CA60

CA45

CA20CA21

CA15CA16

CA65CA70

CA5

CA129

CA65CA70

CA36

CA30CA25

SEDAN: GASOLINE ENGINE (LHD SHOWN)

Page 27: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

25DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Harness In-Line Connector Location

JB187JB188

JB237

JB2

DL2JB79

JB173JB133

CA10CA170

CA1CA169CA189CA222CA230CA240

JB15

CA35

JB1

JB3JB129JB130

CA55CA60

CA45

CA15CA16

CA20CA21

CA65CA70

CA5

CA129

CA65CA70

CA36

CA30CA25

SEDAN: DIESEL ENGINE (RHD SHOWN)

Page 28: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

26 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Harness In-Line Connector Location

JB187JB188

JB1

EN4

JB79JB173JB133

CA10CA170

CA1CA169CA189CA222CA230CA240

JB15

CA35

JB145

JB3JB129JB130

CA55CA60

CA45

CA15CA16

CA20CA21

CA65CA70

CA5

WL1 WG1

WL3

WT3

WT1

WG3

CA65CA70

CA36

CA30CA25

JB2

ESTATE / WAGON (RHD SHOWN)

Page 29: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

27DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Ground Point Location

SEDAN SHOWN

G32 – UNDERLH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

G11 – UNDERLH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

G16 – UNDER BATTERY TRAY(BATTERY CHASSIS GROUND)

G13 – ENGINE BLOCK(BATTERY ENGINE GROUND)

G14 – REARWARD OF POWERDISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G36 – LH CROSS CAR BEAM

G15 – LH ‘A’ POST, LOWER

G35 – LH ‘E’ POST, LOWER

G38 – ROOF, TOP OF LH ‘E’ POST(HIGH MOUNT STOP LAMP GROUND –

SEDAN ONLY)

G3 – LH ‘E’ POST(HEATED REAR WINDOW GROUND)

G39 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G40 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G1 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G2 – TRUNK, LH REAR

G18 – UNDERRH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

G10 – UNDERRH HEADLAMP ASSEMBLY

G17 – ON GENERATOR BRACKET

G33 – ABS / TC / DSCCONTROL MODULE BRACKET

G8 – RH STRUT TOWER

G37 – RH CROSS CAR BEAM

G5 – RH ‘A’ POST, LOWER

G4 – RH ‘A’ POST, UPPER

G50 – RH REAR ROOF PANEL(ESTATE / WAGON ONLY)

NOTE: UNIQUE GROUND STUDS ARE NOTED IN PARENTHESES.

G51 – UNDER BODYLH DASH PANEL

Page 30: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

28 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Control Module Location

COOLING FAN MODULE

VACUUM MODULE

CLIMATECONTROL MODULE

(COMBINED WITHCONTROL PANEL)

RAIN SENSINGMODULE

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD

DRIVER SEAT MODULE: LHD

FUEL PUMP MODULE

ABS, ABS/TC ORDSC MODULE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD

DRIVER SEAT MODULE: RHD

PARKING AID MODULE

SPEED CONTROLMODULE

HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

YAW RATE SENSOR

J GATE MODULE

CLIMATECONTROL MODULE(REMOTE)

SEDAN

FULL OPTION SETSHOWN.

CONTROL MODULE STACK:

VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE (TOP)

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

CD AUTOCHANGER

CELLULAR PHONEMODULE (BOTTOM)

POWER AMPLIFIER

VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE

Page 31: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

29DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Control Module Location

ESTATE / WAGON

COOLING FAN MODULE

VACUUM MODULE

CLIMATECONTROL MODULE

(COMBINED WITHCONTROL PANEL)

SPEED CONTROLMODULE

RAIN SENSINGMODULE

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: LHD

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

DRIVER SEAT MODULE: LHD

FUEL PUMP MODULE

CONTROL MODULE STACK:

VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE (TOP)

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

CD AUTOCHANGER

VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE

CELLULAR PHONEMODULE (BOTTOM)

POWER AMPLIFIER

FULL OPTION SETSHOWN.

ABS, ABS/TC ORDSC MODULE

CLIMATECONTROL MODULE(REMOTE)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: RHD

YAW RATE SENSOR

J GATE MODULE

DRIVER SEAT MODULE: RHD

TRAILER TOWING MODULE

Page 32: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

30 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

107

Y10

8G

109

RW

110

G11

1B

112

—11

3B

G11

4B

O11

5B

G11

6B

117

—11

8B

O11

9B

W12

0B

W

81 B82 B

83 Y84 G

85 —86 —

87 GU

88 GW

89 GR

90 —91 B

92 U93 U

Y

79 Y80 U

Y81 O

82 —83 —

84 WG

85 B86 G

87 N88 G

89 Y90 —

91 B

53 N54 N

55 BR

56 GW

57 GU

58 —59 O

60 B61 G

62 Y63 G

O64 B

65 BG

27 N28 —

29 BW

30 GW

31 BW

32 —33 —

34 GO

35 U36 G

U37 N

38 BG

39 W

1 BW

2W

U3 BG

4 B5 B

6 Y7 U

8 OG

9 —10 —

11 OY

12 YG

13 YG

92 BW

93 BW

94 BO

95 G96 RW

97 G98 R

99 GR

100

—10

1—

102

B10

3G

O10

4R

U

66 BO

67 BG

68 GO

69 B70 —

71 OY

72 —73 —

74 UY

75 B76 G

O77 RU

78 B

40 GU

41 GW

42 GR

43 RG

44 WU

45 —46 U

Y47 U

48 B49 —

50 G51 Y

52 B

14 GU

15 GW

16 GR

17 G18 B

19 B20 BG

21 NR

22 WG

23 WG

24 —25 G

26 Y

55 GO

56 GO

57 —58 —

59 —60 —

61 GU

62 GW

63 GR

64 —65 O

G66 U

Y67 O

29 B30 B

31 B32 —

33 WG

34 BG

35 —36 G

37 Y38 O

Y39 O

Y40 B

41 GO

1 RU

2 RU

3 —4 B

5 B6 Y

7 GO

8 GO

9 U10 G

U11 —

12 OY

13 Y14 —

121

WU

122

—12

3G

124

Y12

5—

126

—12

7B

W12

8N

129

N13

0B

R13

1Y

G13

2Y

G13

3B

G13

4R

W

94 O95 B

96 —97 —

98 N99 —

100

BG

101

—10

2R

103

Y10

4R

G10

5W

106

R

68 G69 N

70 UY

71 O72 —

73 U74 —

75 G76 Y

77 —78 Y

79 U80 G

42 —43 W

44 GW

45 BW

46 BW

47 YR

48 YG

49 —50 U

51 WU

52 GR

53 RG

54 B

15 —16 —

17 B18 B

19 BG

20 BG

21 —22 N

R23 W

G24 W

G25 W

26 —27 N

28 —

Control Module Pin Identification

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

– 2

.5 L

, 3.0

L

EN

16 /

134-W

AY

/ B

LA

CK

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

– 2

.0 L

EN

65 /

104-W

AY

/ B

LA

CK

Page 33: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

31DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

24 —23 —

22 —21 GO

20 OG

19 —18 GU

17 —16 —

15 —14 N

R13 YG

12 BU

11 —10 —

9 B8 —

7 —6 YG

43 —42 —

41 —40 —

39 —38 BY

37 GO

36 —35 —

34 —33 YR

32 WR

31 —30 —

29 —28 B

27 —26 NG

25 WG

62 BG

61 BO

60 —59 —

58 GO

57 YR

56 —55 Y

54 Y53 N

52 —51 YU

50 WU

49 —48 —

47 W46 N

Y45 N

44 —

81 —80 U

79 BG

78 —77 U

76 —75 —

74 U73 G

72 Y71 W

70 NU

69 —68 BG

67 —66 B

65 —64 W

K63 —

106

WU

107

WG

108

YG

109

WU

110

NU

111

—11

2N

113

98 —99 W

G10

0N

G10

1W

K10

2N

W10

3W

K10

4N

W10

5W

U

90 WR

91 —92 —

93 —94 BR

95 BU

96 —97 —

82 NR

83 WU

84 NU

85 NW

86 OY

87 BU

88 B89 —

119

—12

0B

Y12

1B

U

117

GW

118

GY

114

BW

115

BO

4W

G5

WG

3W

G

1 B2 B

116

EN

GIN

E C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

– 2

.0 L

D

Control Module Pin Identification

DL1 /

121-W

AY

/ B

LA

CK

Page 34: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

32 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

18 R17 B

16 O15 B

14 N13 G

12 G11 —

10 W9 B

8 R7 O

6 UY

5 O4 U

3 G2 —

1 —

36 WU

35 —34 Y

33 Y32 —

31 —30 U

29 —28 —

27 Y26 S

25 W24 N

23 —22 —

21 G20 R

19 —

54 WU

53 Y52 G

51 —50 —

49 —48 —

47 OY

46 BR

D45 BW

44 BR

D43 —

42 BR

D41 —

40 —39 W

38 B37 —

1 R2 G

3 O4 B

5 Y6 G

7 W8 Y

9 —

10 WU

11 B12 N

13 —14 Y

15 G16 —

17 —18 U

19 WU

20 G21 U

22 —23 BR

D24 O

25 B26 BR

D27 R

28 UY

29 O30 —

31 —32 —

33 —

34 Y35 S

36 W37 —

38 N39 G

40 —41 O

Y42 R

43 BW

44 BR

D45 —

46 —47 W

48 B

JB

23

0J

B2

31

Control Module Pin Identification

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

CO

NT

RO

L M

OD

ULE

– 1

6 B

IT

JB

131 /

37-W

AY

/ B

LU

E

TR

AN

SM

ISS

ION

CO

NT

RO

L M

OD

ULE

– 3

2 B

IT

JB

230 /

24-W

AY

/ W

HIT

EJB

231 /

24-W

AY

/ G

RE

Y

Page 35: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

33DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

11 —12 W

13 GB

14 WU

15 NR

16 WR

17 —18 —

19 —20 —

21 U22 —

23 GW

24 Y25 B

26 WG

27 B28 N

29 —30 N

G31 W

G32 G

O33 —

34 —35 —

36 —37 —

38 —39 GW

40 G41 —

42 GB

1 B2 R

3 —4 —

5 B6 R

7 —8 —

9 —10 —

11 —12 W

13 GB

14 WU

15 NR

16 WR

17 —18 —

19 —20 —

21 —22 —

23 GW

24 Y25 —

26 —

27 —28 N

29 —30 N

G31 W

G32 G

O33 —

34 —35 —

36 —37 —

38 —39 —

40 G41 —

42 —

1 B2 R

3 —4 —

5 B6 R

7 —8 —

9 —10 —

11 —12 W

13 GB

14 WU

15 NR

16 WR

17 —18 —

19 —20 —

21 —22 —

23 GW

24 Y25 —

26 —

27 B28 N

29 —30 N

G31 W

G32 G

O33 —

34 —35 —

36 —37 —

38 —39 —

40 G41 —

42 —

1 B2 R

3 —4 —

5 B6 R

7 —8 —

9 —10 —

DY

NA

MIC

ST

AB

ILIT

Y C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

Control Module Pin Identification

JB

185 /

42-W

AY

/ B

LU

E

AN

TI-

LO

CK

BR

AK

ING

SY

ST

EM

MO

DU

LE

OR

AN

TI-

LO

CK

BR

AK

ING

/ T

RA

CT

ION

CO

NT

RO

L M

OD

ULE

JB

45 /

42-W

AY

BLU

E (

AB

S)

JB

197 /

42-W

AY

/ B

LU

E (

AB

S/T

C)

Page 36: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

34 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

IP1

01

AC

1

14 G15 U

Y16 B

17 —18 —

19 —20 GU

21 GB

22 OG

23 O24 RW

25 RG

26 OY

1 —2 —

3 —4

GW

5 U6 GR

7 GO

8 RU

9 R10 W

B11 W

12 Y13 R

14 G15 U

Y16 B

17 —18 —

19 —20 GU

21 GB

22 OG

23 O24 RW

25 RG

26 OY

1 —2 —

3 —4

GW

5 U6 GR

7 GO

8 RU

9 R10 W

B11 W

12 Y13 R

14 OG

15 B16 W

17 B18 —

19 B20 G

21 W22 Y

23 G

1 OY

2 WR

3 B4 B

5 BW

6 B7 BW

8 —9 Y

10 G

14 OG

15 B16 W

17 B18 —

19 B20 G

21 W22 Y

23 G

1 OY

2 WR

3 B4 B

5 BW

6 B7 BW

8 —9 Y

10 G

IP1

01

AC

1

Control Module Pin Identification

CLIM

AT

E C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

–A

UT

OM

AT

IC (

RE

MO

TE

)

AC

1 /

26-W

AY

/ Y

ELLO

WIP

101 /

26-W

AY

/ W

HIT

E

CLIM

AT

E C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

–A

UT

OM

AT

IC (

PA

NE

L)

AC

1 /

26-W

AY

/ Y

ELLO

WIP

101 /

26-W

AY

/ W

HIT

E

Page 37: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

35DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

2 B4 BK

1 GB

1 BW

2 BO

6 BG

3 BR

14 G15 U

Y16 B

17 —18 —

19 —20 G

U21 G

B22 O

G23 O

24 RW

25 RG

26 OY

1 —2 —

3 —4

GW

5 U6 GR

7 GO

8 RU

9 R10 W

B11 W

12 Y13 R

14 OG

15 B16 —

17 —18 —

19 —20 G

21 —22 Y

23 G

1 OY

2 WR

3 B4 B

5 —6 —

7 BW

8 —9 Y

10 G

IP135

IP39

IP101

AC

1

Control Module Pin Identification

CLIM

AT

E C

ON

TR

OL M

OD

ULE

–M

AN

UA

L (

PA

NE

L)

AC

1 /

26-W

AY

/ Y

ELLO

WIP

135 /

2-W

AY

/ G

RE

YIP

39 /

4-W

AY

/ G

RE

YIP

101 /

26-W

AY

/ W

HIT

E

Page 38: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

36 DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

1 —2 OY

3 BK

4 YB

5 B

6 —7 —

8 —9 —

10 —11 —

12 —13 —

14 U15 RW

16 G17 G

18 Y19 O

20 Y21 —

22*

N/U

23 W

1 O2* O/R

3 YB

4 NR

5 WB

6 —7 —

8 —9 —

10 —11 —

12 —13 —

14 —15 Y

16 W17 W

G18 —

19 —20 U

21 —22 —

23 —

1 OY

2 WB

3 O4 OY

5 O

6 —7 —

8 —9 —

10 —11 —

12 —13 —

14 —15 —

16 —17 —

18 U19 —

20 —21 B

22 —23 G

U

1 B2 W

3 —4 W

5* GR

/G

6 —7 —

8 B9 G

10 R11 BW

12 WU

13 U

14 —15 Y

16 —17 BG

18 O19 BG

20 BG

21 R22 R

23 BO

1 WB

2 O3* B/U

4 GU

5 WG

6 —7 —

8 —9 —

10 —11 —

12 —13 —

14 B15 G

B16

*U

/G17 G

B18 U

19 Y20 B

21 WG

22 OY

23 B

CA

86

CA

87

JB

172

IP6

IP5

1 N2 U

3 —4 W

5 S6 GB

7 —8 —

1 BG

2 RW

3 Y4 RU

5W

G6

WU

1 —2 WR

3W

U4 W

5W

G6 —

9 —10 RU

11 U12 W

13 R14 —

15 —16 B

7 WR

8 W9 —

10 —11 —

12 —7 —

8 BG

9 —10 —

11 RW

12 —

CA

41

8C

A4

19

RB

7

Control Module Pin Identification

GE

NE

RA

L E

LE

CT

RO

NIC

MO

DU

LE

CA

86 /

23-W

AY

/ G

RE

Y

CA

87 /

23-W

AY

/ G

RE

EN

JB

172 /

23-W

AY

/ B

LU

EIP

6 /

23-W

AY

/ N

AT

UR

AL

*CA

86-2

2: S

EDA

N –

N; E

STA

TE (W

AG

ON

) – U

*CA

87-2

: SED

AN

– O

; ES

TATE

(WA

GO

N) –

R*I

P6-5

: SED

AN

– G

R; E

STA

TE (W

AG

ON

) – GIP5 /

23-W

AY

/ B

RO

WN

*IP5

-3: S

EDA

N –

B; E

STA

TE (W

AG

ON

) – U

*IP5

-16:

SED

AN

– U

; ES

TATE

(WA

GO

N) –

G

PA

RK

ING

AID

MO

DU

LE

CA

418 /

16-W

AY

/ W

HIT

EC

A419 /

12-W

AY

/ W

HIT

ER

B7 /

12-W

AY

/ W

HIT

E

Page 39: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

37DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

13 YU

12 —11 G

R10 —

9 —8 B

7 OG

6 —5 B

4 —3 GB

2 —1 —

26 —25 R

24 GR

23 U22 —

21 O20 —

19 U18 —

17 OY

16 —15 O

G14 —

14 —15 B

16 B17 Y

18 G19 U

20 WU

21 —22 Y

23 U24 Y

25 W26 —

1 GB

2 OY

3W

G4 O

5 B6 G

7W

U8 WB

9 B10 U

11 B12 B

13 GR

IP11

IP10

Control Module Pin Identification

INS

TR

UM

EN

T C

LU

ST

ER

IP11 /

26-W

AY

/ W

HIT

EIP

10 /

26-W

AY

WH

ITE

Page 40: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

TRANSIT ISOLATION RELAY JB186 2-WAY / BLACK BATTERY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY

Page 41: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Main Power Distribution Main Power Distribution Fig. 01.1

All Vehicles

JBS74

JB213-1

B

JB186-1

G12A

JB186-2

G16AS

B G12B

G13AS

GU

U

B

JB180

JB160

B

G12A

G12B

1

F39 150A

F27 15A JB207-1

JB200-1

U

02.1

U

B

U

05.1

12.4

GOIP18-1

IP18-4

I

II

IIIGUIPS45

GO

IPS44

GUIP132-1

IP132-3

IP132-2

F31 15A IP202-10

R

B

4

6

5

JB300-1

R

GUJB3-4JBS60

02.2

05.2

02.3

05.3

12.5

3

2

ENGINEGROUND

CHASSISGROUND

BATTERY

BATTERY-ve POST

TIMER

TRANSIT ISOLATIONRELAY

MEGAFUSE

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

IGNITION SWITCH

INERTIA SWITCH

Page 42: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPOWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB188 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT, LH SIDE

Page 43: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Battery Power Distribution: Part 1 Fig. 01.2

All Vehicles

JBS95

JBS94

JBS93

1

F25 30A JB208-2

F26 15A JB207-5

F28 15A JB207-2

F32 15A JB207-7

UY

F33 30A JB208-4

F36 5A(2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L)

JB205-10

NR

F40 80A JB212-1

B

F41 60A JB210-1

(1)

F42 50A JB211-1

O

NGJB188-1

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

R

RJB210-1

JB210-1

(2)

(3)

04.1

03.1

03.2

05.1

05.1

05.2

05.2

05.3

05.3

03.6

01.8

01.8

01.5

01.5

08.1 08.2

13.1

03.6

02.1

06.3

19.1

19.1

03.2

03.5

03.6

JB300-1

9

8

F31 15A JB207-4

GR 7 03.6

03.3

03.4 03.6

01.9

01.9

02.2 02.3

03.4 03.6

32

08.1 08.2 08.10

13.2

JB1-31

NR

F36 7.5A(2.0 L D)

JB205-10

GR 02.3JB1-13

GR 10

16

11

12

13

14

15

17

18

31

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

33

04.1

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

NOTATION:

(1) Vehicles with Anti-Lock Braking only(2) Vehicles with ABS and Traction Control(3) Vehicles with Dynamic Stability Control

Page 44: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA407 16-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

Page 45: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Battery Power Distribution: Part 2 Fig. 01.3

OYF3 30A CA206-9

2

F6 30A CA206-5

OGF8 20A CA204-7

GBF9 10A CA204-9

OF10 15A CA204-5

OY

F11 20A

CA204-3

NR

F12 10A

CA204-1

OGF16 30A CA206-8

NF18 15A CA208-1

NF19 30A CA208-14

F20 30A

CA204-10

OY

F21 20A

CA204-12

OYF22 15A JB220-5

OYF25 5A IP201-13

GBF27 5A IP201-11

NF28 15A IP201-10

OF35 15A JB220-4

RF38 15A IP201-5

OYF44 15A CA209-6

OGF45 10A IP203-5

(1)

(2)

OY

OYOY

OY

11.2

11.3

11.3CA70-15 RSS2

34

35

OG

OY

11.7

11.7CAS95

CA65-11

CA70-11

OY

OY

CAS50

36

37

38

CA16-18

CA21-14

CA431-1

CA70-11

GB

GB

GB

GB

GB

GB

GB

GB

06.3

06.3

06.3

11.2

CA36-14

O

40

41

O

O

08.1

14.2RCS6

OYCA204-11

CA15-8

CA25-4

OY

OY

43

14.1

44

14.1

NRCA204-2 CA407-9 PHS1

NR NR

NR

NR

NR

45

16.6

46

16.3

47

16.1

48

16.2

CA414-1

(3)

(4)

OG

OG

49

50

51

OG

OG

06.3

11.3

11.3CA65-15 LSS2

N

52

19.1

N

53

08.5

54

55

NRCA208-8

NR

NR

15.2

15.2CAS90

OYCA204-4

CA20-8

CA30-4

OY

OY 59

56

14.1

14.1

2

12.1OY

58

20.1OY

16.5GB

N 19.1

O 01.7

R

NWIP201-2

OYCA209-5

CA414-3

OY

NW

OY

15.1

16.5

15.1

OG

06.1

07.1IPS77

OG

03.1

01.7

57

72

01.6

73

74

06.1

01.4

75

08.3

76

13.3

77

06.3

78

JB213-1 JB213-1

03.4

79

07.2 08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4

08.1 08.2 08.3 08.4

06.2

06.2

08.4

08.6 08.7

11.3 11.4 11.5

10.239

10.2

10.2 11.1

11.5

08.2 09.1

10.2 11.1 11.3 11.4

09.1

09.2

F46 7.5A71 10.1

12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 14.1 14.2

12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 13.1 13.2 13.3 14.1 14.2

12.4 12.5 13.1 13.2 13.3

15.2

15.2

12.1 12.2 12.3

16.4

16.3 16.4

16.1 16.2 16.3 16.4

08.8 08.9 19.1

19.1

20.2 20.3

16.6

16.642

11.5

11.5

62

61

60

67

70

69

68

66

65

64

63

11.4

11.4

11.4

11.4

11.6

11.6

11.6

11.6

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX(Continued at right)

NOTE: RCS6 – Sliding Roof vehicles.

BAT

TERY

PO

WER

BU

S

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX(Continued from left)

NOTATION:

(1) Passenger Memory Seat; RH Seat without Lumbar(2) RH Seat with Lumbar(3) Driver Memory Seat; LH Seat without Lumbar(4) LH Seat with Lumbar

All Vehicles

Page 46: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R2

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA407 16-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

Page 47: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Ignition Switched Power Distribution: I (Accessory) Fig. 01.4

All Vehicles

CA230-1

GWIP18-6IP18-4

I

II

III

R3IP202-2 F43 10A

IP203-16

YU

76F4 20A

NGCA206-10

YGIP203-1

BCA208-9

3

1

5

2

R2 4

CAS10

B

G15AL

CAS27CA240-9

NG NG

NG

9I

10I

1I 02.1

IPS33 YG YG

YG

YG

YGCAS39

PHS4

YGYG

YG

YG

YG

2I

3I

4I

5I

6I

7I

8I

CA230-16

YU

16.5

15.1 15.2

16.6

16.5

16.1

16.3

19.1

08.5

YG

YG

YG

CA414-2

CA407-10

02.2 02.3 07.1

08.6 08.7 08.8 08.9

15.1 15.2

12.4 12.5

16.6

16.6

16.2 16.3 16.4

16.4

19.1

IGNITION SWITCH

ACCESSORYRELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTE: CAS39 – Vehicles withNavigation and Telephone.

NOTE: PHS4 – Vehicles withTelephone and Voice Control.

Page 48: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.5

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationIGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX IGNITION RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5

SLAVE IGNITION RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R13

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

Page 49: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 1 Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 1 Fig. 01.5

All Vehicles

JB1-13

N

GR

JB205-5

JB129-12

GOIP18-1

IP18-4

I

II

IIIGU

IPS45 GO

IPS44

GUIP132-1

IP132-3

IP132-2

R3

GU

JB205-6JB3-4 JBS60

GU GU

GU

11II

JB1-15

GUGU 03.1

01.1

12II

13II

14II

15II

13.1

08.1

13.2

03.2

22

F35 5A

JB202-12

B B

G14BL

JBS55

F7 5A

JB202-7

JB202-8

F6 7.5A JB202-1

F9 30A JB204-2

F10 15A JB201-4

F11 15A JB201-3

F12 7.5A JB201-2

26II

3

1

5

2

R5 4

F13 5A JB201-5

JBS91

NR

JB3-5

GW

JB1-30

RW

JB129-19

WU

JB1-32

RW

JB3-2

GW

GR 16II 02.1

17II

03.6

19II

13.2

21II

03.2

22II

04.1

24II

03.6

25II

05.1

NR

18II

13.1

20II

JB130-5

GW GW

GW GW

GW

RW

JBS65

WU

23II

04.1WU

RW

GW

03.1

02.1

GOGO

GO

N

GU

01.6

01.628II

27II

29II

30II

01.6GO 31II

21

03.3 03.5

03.4 03.6

02.2

03.4

05.2 05.3

03.3 03.5

3

1

5

2

R13 4

08.2 08.10

13.1 13.2

13.213.1

13.213.1

13.213.1

13.3

GO

GO

04.2

04.2

TRANSIT ISOLATIONRELAY

IGNITION SWITCH

INERTIA SWITCH

SLAVE IGNITIONRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTIONFUSE BOX

IGNITION RELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

Page 50: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.6

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationPASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX IGNITION RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R5

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA407 16-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

Page 51: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

IP201-1

33II 13.3

32II 08.3

GUIP202-1

28II

NJB220-8

27II

74

BCA208-9CAS10

B

G15AL

3

1

5

2

R5 4

F7 10A

F13 15A

F17 20A

F26 10A

F29 7.5A

F32 5A

F33 5A

F34 10A

F39 10A

F50 5A

F51 7.5A

F52 15A

CA206-4

CA208-13

NG

JB220-12

RW

IP202-5

GB

IP203-4

WR

CA204-13

N

JB220-2

GB

IP201-4WR

IP201-12

WR

JB220-11

NR

IP202-8

OY

CA204-15

WR

CA204-8

WR

CA204-16

WU

CA407-11

WR 16.3

WR 13.2

11.2

06.3CAS70

CA70-9

WU WU*

WU GBCA65-9

CA10-3

NG 03.2

RW 02.1

GB 08.3

WR 20.1

N 18.1

IP203-6

JB1-2

GB 08.3

IP201-3

WR WR 08.10

WR

WR 06.1

06.1

04.1WR

JB2-2

NR

NR

NR

NRNR

NR

PAS3

03.1

03.2

JB196-2 NR

NR

PAS3

03.4

03.4

OY 19.1

F30 5A

F42 5A

YCA208-6

GRIP202-12

CA407-816.1Y

GR 07.1

GOIP202-14

31II

F40 5A CA209-1

WU

F41 5A CA209-11

GR

F53 10A IP202-15

G

F54 5A IP202-13

GR

CA209-2

GU

CA208-12

GU

CA209-8

GW

CA209-7

GW

CA36-12 WU

BR 19.1

14.2

GU 14.1CA30-5

CA20-9

GU 14.1

CA25-5

CA15-9

GW 14.1

14.1

DDS3GW

GW

GW 10.1

IP202-16

GR GR 17.1

GR 17.1CA70-3

G

GR

17.1

07.1

02.2 03.2 04.1

03.3

03.5 05.1 05.2 05.303.6

03.6

IP202-3

08.4

03.4

08.4

08.4

06.2

08.3 08.4

08.3

11.711.6

10.2 11.1 11.711.6

10.2 14.1

16.2 16.3 16.4

16.4

20.2 20.3

(2.0 L)

(2.5 L, 3.0 L)

NG

NGJB220-10

03.4

(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)

(2.0 L)

JB2-14 (2.5 L, 3.0 L)JB196-5 (2.0 L)

64II

65II

05.1 05.2 05.3

34II

36II

35II

37II

39II

38II

40II

41II

04.2

44II

42II

43II

45II

47II

46II

48II

49II

08.4

50II

51II

52II

53II

54II

55II

56II

57II

59II

58II

60II

61II

62II

63II

04.2

17.2

17.2

17.2

66II

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 2 Ignition Switched Power Distribution: II (Run) – Part 2 Fig. 01.6

All Vehicles

PASSENGER JUNCTIONFUSE BOX

IGNITION RELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

* NOTE: GB – Non Memory Vehicles.

NOTE: JB2-14, JB196-5 – Manual Transmission only.

NOTE: PAS3 – Speed Control only.

Page 52: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.7

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY SAVER RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R10

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

GROUNDSGround Harness Location

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

Page 53: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver Ignition Switched Power Distribution: Battery Saver Fig. 01.7

CA36-13 RCS3OY

IP203-13

F49 10A

OY

73

CA209-3

BIP5-20

O

64 OJB172-5

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

B

P

OYIP201-6

OYCA209-10

OY

OY

OY

OY

09.1

09.1

09.1

09.1

OY

OY

OY

WR

09.1

09.1

06.1

06.2

IPS12

CAS19

OYB

75 09.1

OYB

76 09.1

3

1

5

2

R10 4

06.2

19.1

B73

B72

B71

B70

B69

B68

B67

B74

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

BATTERY SAVERRELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

NOTE: CAS19 – Estate / Wagon only.

NOTE: “Battery Saver” provides automatic switch-off of the Courtesy Lamps after 10 minutesand automatic switch-off of the Demand Lighting and Audible Warning after 30 minutes.

GEM timers are started when the Ignition Key has been switched to the I (Accessory) or 0 (Off)position. When the timers expire at 10 and 30 minutes, the feature(s) is/are switched off.

When one of the following actions is detected, all features are enabled, and the Battery Savertimer is reset:• The Ignition is switched to II (run) or III (start).• Any door or trunk lid becomes ajar or is opened.• Any unlock is activated.

Battery Saver is also active when GEM diagnostic mode is entered.

All Vehicles

Page 54: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.8

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationEMS CONTROL RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / FUEL TANK LINK HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK

CA210 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE TOP

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT, LH SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicO EN65-69 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicO EN16-40 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Page 55: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

EMS Switched Power Distribution: Gasoline Engines EMS Switched Power Distribution: Gasoline Engines Fig. 01.8

Gasoline Engine Vehicles

NREN16-40 (2.5, 3.0 L)EN65-69 (2.0 L)

JB1-33JB201-6

B

WGJB206-5

JB1-41

F16 5A

ILS1

20

193

1

5

2

R7 4

O BJB206-1F17 10A

JB206-6F18 10A

JB206-7F19 10A

JB203-1F20 30A

JB203-3F21 30A

WG

WR

WG

JB187-2

WG 03.2

03.1

03.1

03.1

03.4

05.1

03.1

03.1

03.1 03.3

EN4-6

GR

GW

NR

GR

GY

GB

GU

GN

GUJBS44

ENS27JB1-11

GU GUGU

GU

GU

GU

GU

GU

GU

CA210-2 CA5-10

JB1-5

JB206-2

WG 03.1

JB1-35 ENS11WG

WG

WG

WGJB220-10

JB1-9 ENS4WR

WR

WR

JB1-1 ENS13WG

WG

WG

03.4

03.3

03.2 03.4

03.2 03.4

03.2 03.4

03.2 03.4

03.2 03.4

03.2 03.4

03.3

05.2 05.3

03.3

03.1 03.3

03.1 03.3

03.1 03.3

03.1 03.3

03.1 03.3

GU

GU

GU

E95

E94

E93

E96

E97

E92

E91

E79

E78

E81

E80

E82

E88

E87

E86

E85

E84

E83

E90

E89

E77

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

EMS CONTROLRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Page 56: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 01.9

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationEMS CONTROL RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R5

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT, LH SIDE

DL2 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D

Pin Description and CharacteristicO DL1-9 EMS CONTROL RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Page 57: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

EMS Switched Power Distribution: Diesel Engine EMS Switched Power Distribution: Diesel Engine Fig. 01.9

NR

DL1-9

JB1-33

JB201-6

B

WGJB206-5

JB1-41

F16 5A

DLS2

20

193

1

5

2

R7 4

O B

JB206-1F17 10A

JB203-1F20 7.5A

JB203-3F21 15A

WR

WG

JB187-2

WG 03.6

03.5

03.5

03.5

03.5

03.5

03.5

03.5

03.5

NR

WG

WG

WG

WG

N

DL2-31

JB1-1

JB1-9

DLS8 NR

NR

GY

JB206-6F18 10A

JB205-4

WR

WG

03.5WGWGDL2-12

E98

E100

E99

E101

E107

E106

E105

E104

E103

E102

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

EMS CONTROLRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

Diesel Engine Vehicles

Page 58: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 02.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH PA5 2-WAY / WHITE TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

GENERATOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1 / FRONT

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

STARTER MOTOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN700 EYELET ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDEST2 EYELET

STARTER RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+

I EN16-031 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / B+ IN P, N

O EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-053 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE

I EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION

I EN16-079 GENERATOR CHARGE / FAULT: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON

C EN16-123 CAN -

C EN16-124 CAN +

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND

O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 59: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.5 L & 3.0 L Fig. 02.1

R

B

YIP18-7

IP18-5

IP18-4

I

II

III

3

OIP10-4IP15-4

IP10-23

IP10-2220.3

20.3U

Y

IP5-18

IP5-1920.3

20.3U

Y

WGIP10-3IP15-3

IP10-5IP15-2

IP15-1

G

IP11-8G37AL

(G36BL)

D

D

BIP6-8

I

B

GIP10-6

BJB160

EN16-123

EN16-124

EN16-079

EN16-053

Y

G

ST2

B

B

EN49-2

EN49-1

EN49-4

GR

RG

U

ST4

Y

I

I

16II

EN16-065 EN49-3

OG

O

20.2 20.1IP10-17

IP10-18

20.220.1Y

G

JB156-6

JB156-10

RWB

42II

JB129-11

JB2-16

GO BRW(NAS)

(ROW)

(NAS)

(ROW)

Y Y

I

I

P, N

EN16-031

Y

B

EN16-041

GO O

GO

26

JB1-40

Y

JB1-34

(AUTO)

(MAN)W

U

PA5-2PA5-1

EN16-006

BG12A

G16AS

BG12B

G13AS

4

JB145-5

JB2-12

30II

IP11-13

YU

B

N

P

EN700

JB1-42

Y

YB

B

P

JB205-7

JB205-8

Y

F34 30A

3

1

5

2

R12 4

JB208-3

JB206-8

B

P

1I

S

S–

+

+

+C

C

C

C

S

S–

+

20.2 20.120.220.1

BATTERY

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR

CLUTCH PEDALSAFETY SWITCH

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

O.K. TO START

O.K. TO STARTGENERATOR

WARNING

STARTERRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

STARTER MOTOR

STARTENGINE

CRANKENGINEREQUEST

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.1.

FIELD

GENERATORCONTROL

CHARGE / FAULT

GENERATOR

2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles

Page 60: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 02.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

GENERATOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN49 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BANK 1 / FRONT

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

STARTER MOTOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN700 EYELET ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDEST2 EYELET

STARTER RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN65-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+

O EN65-008 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION

I EN65-035 GENERATOR CHARGE / FAULT: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON

I EN65-043 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE

O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

C EN65-088 CAN -

C EN65-089 CAN +

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND

O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 61: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L Fig. 02.2

2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles

R

B

YIP18-7

IP18-5

IP18-4

I

II

III

3

OIP10-4IP15-4

IP10-23

IP10-2220.3

20.3U

Y

IP5-18

IP5-1920.3

20.3U

Y

WGIP10-3IP15-3

IP10-5IP15-2

IP15-1

G

IP11-8G37AL

(G36BL)

D

D

BIP6-8

I

B

GIP10-6

BJB160

EN65-088

EN65-089

EN65-035

EN65-043

Y

G

ST2

B

B

EN49-2

EN49-1

EN49-4

GR

RG

U

ST4

Y

I

I

16II

EN65-008 EN49-3

OG

O

20.2 20.1IP10-17

IP10-18

20.220.1Y

G

JB156-6

JB156-10

RWB

42II

JB129-11

Y Y

I

I

P, N

EN65-085

Y

B

EN65-068

GO O

GO

26

JB1-40

Y

JB1-34 EN65-006

BG12A

G16AS

BG12B

G13AS

4

JB1-6

IP11-13

YU

B

N

P

EN700

JB1-42

Y

YB

B

P

JB205-7

JB205-8

Y

F34 30A

3

1

5

2

R12 4

JB208-3

JB206-8

B

P

1I

S

S–

+

+

+C

C

C

C

S

S–

+

20.2 20.120.220.1

BATTERY

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

TRANSMISSIONRANGE SENSOR

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

O.K. TO START

O.K. TO STARTGENERATOR

WARNING

STARTERRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

STARTER MOTOR

STARTENGINE

CRANKENGINEREQUEST

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.3.

FIELD

GENERATORCONTROL

CHARGE / FAULT

GENERATOR

Page 62: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 02.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBATTERY – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

GENERATOR – 2.0 L D DE2 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE BLOCK / RH SIDE / FRONT

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

STARTER MOTOR – 2.0 L D DL8 EYELET ENGINE BLOCK / LH SIDEST2 EYELET

STARTER RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R12

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

DL2 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG13 B03 BATTERY ENGINE GROUND

G16 B03 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / UNDER BATTERY TRAY

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D

Pin Description and CharacteristicO DL1-021 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O DL1-047 GENERATOR MONITOR

C DL1-054 CAN +

C DL1-073 CAN -

O DL1-112 GENERATOR COMMON

Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicD IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND

O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 63: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L D Battery; Starter; Generator: 2.0 L D Fig. 02.3

2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles

R

B

YIP18-7

IP18-5

IP18-4

I

II

III

3

OIP10-4IP15-4

IP10-23

IP10-2220.3

20.3U

Y

IP5-18

IP5-1920.3

20.3U

Y

WGIP10-3IP15-3

IP10-5IP15-2

IP15-1

G

IP11-8G37AL

(G36BL)

D

D

BIP6-8

I

B

GIP10-6

BJB160

DL1-073

DL1-054

DL1-047

DL1-112

Y

G

ST2

B

B

DE2-2

DE2-3

DE2-1

GR

N

W

Y

20.2 20.1IP10-17

IP10-18

20.220.1Y

G

JB129-11

Y Y

DL1-021

GO O

GO

26

JB1-40

Y

BG12A

G16AS

BG12B

G13AS

4

IP11-13

YU

B

DL8

JB1-42

Y

B

B

P

JB205-7

JB205-8

F34 30A

3

1

5

2

R12 4

JB208-3

JB206-8

B

P

1I

DL2-42

DL2-25

DL2-1

GR

N

W

S

S–

+

+

+C

C

C

C

S

S–

+

20.2 20.120.220.1

DLS1

10

BATTERY

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH(III)

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

O.K. TO START

O.K. TO START GENERATORWARNING

STARTERRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

STARTER MOTOR

STARTENGINE

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.5.

COMMON

MONITOR

GENERATOR

Page 64: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 03.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAPP SENSOR – 2.5 L, 3.0 L PA1 6-WAY / BLACK ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

CKP SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY

CMP SENSOR 1 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT

CMP SENSOR 2 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT

ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT

EFT SENSOR – 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL8 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL, FRONT

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

EOT SENSOR EN25 2-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER

EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE FT5 2-WAY / BLACK REARWARD OF FUEL TANK

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE JB170 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD

FTP SENSOR FT7 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF FUEL TANK

HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EN14 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 EXHAUST

HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EN9 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 EXHAUST

HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EN37 4-WAY / GREY BANK 1 EXHAUST

HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EN32 4-WAY / GREY BANK 2 EXHAUST

IMT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN999 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD BOTTOM

IMT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN998 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP

IP SENSOR – 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL7 2-WAY / BLACK FUEL RAIL REAR

KNOCK SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN23 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE

MAF SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN6 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT

MAP SENSOR EN8 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

THROTTLE MOTOR EN10 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE INTAKE MANIFOLD

THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R7

TP SENSOR – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN13 4-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE BODY

VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / FUEL TANK LINK HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE TOP

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G8 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH STRUT TOWER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicO EN16-001 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO EN16-002 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

PG EN16-004 POWER GROUND 1: GROUNDPG EN16-005 POWER GROUND 2: GROUNDI EN16-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+I EN16-007 IGNITION ON: B+I EN16-008 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI EN16-010 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 VSS EN16-013 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2: NOMINAL 5 VSG EN16-017 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUNDSG EN16-018 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUNDSG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUNDSG EN16-020 SENSOR GROUND 2: GROUNDB+ EN16-022 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+B+ EN16-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+B+ EN16-024 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+SG EN16-029 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUNDSG EN16-030 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

I EN16-031 (MANUAL TRANSMISSION) CLUTCH PEDAL SAFETY SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATEDI EN16-031 (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION) PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / B+ IN P, NI EN16-036 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN16-037 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUNDO EN16-038 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 1 / BOTTOM: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO EN16-039 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE – 2 / TOP: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATEDO EN16-040 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EN16-041 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SG EN16-043 TP AND APP SIGNALS SHIELD: GROUNDI EN16-044 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION

SG EN16-045 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDSG EN16-046 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN16-050 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESO EN16-052 THROTTLE MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDO EN16-053 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE

SG EN16-054 THROTTLE MOTOR GROUND: GROUNDO EN16-055 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEO EN16-056 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLEI EN16-065 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITIONO EN16-066 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%O EN16-067 EVAP CANISTER CLOSE VALVE DRIVE: TO CLOSE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUNDI EN16-068 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN16-069 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI EN16-070 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI EN16-071 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI EN16-073 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: POTENTIOMETER – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESI EN16-075 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: IDLE = 0.74 V; FULL THROTTLE = 3.97 VI EN16-076 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: IDLE = 1.65 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.20 VI EN16-078 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASESI EN16-079 GENERATOR CHARGE / FAULT: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ONO EN16-080 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTOR

SG EN16-081 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUNDSG EN16-082 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND

I EN16-083 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI EN16-084 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT

SG EN16-091 HO2 SENSOR HEATERS 1/2, 2/2 GROUND: GROUNDO EN16-092 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%O EN16-093 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%I EN16-094 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN16-095 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUNDI EN16-098 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL

SG EN16-100 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUNDI EN16-102 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 0.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 3.33 VI EN16-103 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: FOOT OFF = 3.97 V; FULLY DEPRESSED = 0.84 VI EN16-104 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE DECREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASESD EN16-105 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATIONO EN16-106 THROTTLE MOTOR DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE MOTORI EN16-107 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENTI EN16-108 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENTO EN16-109 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%O EN16-110 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%

SG EN16-111 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUNDSG EN16-116 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUNDC EN16-123 CAN -C EN16-124 CAN +I EN16-127 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASESI EN16-128 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWINGI EN16-129 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING

SG EN16-130 HO2 SENSORS GROUND: GROUNDB+ EN16-134 THROTTLE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY: B+ WHEN RELAY ACTIVATED

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 65: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 1 Fig. 03.1

2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles

EN16-053

EN16-006

EN16-007

EN16-010

RG

GU

GO

Y

ENS1 ENS22

G8AL G8AR

B

B

B

B

B

BBB

B

B

BB

EN16-116

EN16-111

EN16-091

EN16-082

EN16-081

EN16-054

EN16-030

EN16-029

EN16-018

EN16-017

EN16-005

EN16-004

RWEN16-109

GEN16-110

OYEN16-038

OYEN16-039

UYEN16-066

OEN16-067

GEN16-075

YEN16-076

WEN16-043

YEN16-013

BGEN16-020

RGEN16-104

UEN16-050

UEN16-073

YEN16-078

UYEN16-070

BGEN16-019

OEN16-071

BWEN16-046

BWEN16-045

GWEN16-044

GOEN16-055

GEN16-108

YEN16-107

GEN16-084

YEN16-083

BREN16-130

RUEN16-002

RUEN16-001

EN16-123

G

EN16-124

Y

EN16-105

W

EN16-134

RW

EN16-052

GR O

JB1-38

JB1-39

RW

GR

72

C

C

D

20.120.2

20.3

EN16-031

EN16-065

EN16-079

EN16-041

B

GO

U

OG

02.1

29II

I

I

O

I

I

02.1

02.1

02.1

02.1

I02.1

EN16-022

NR9

EN23 -1

EN37 EN32-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

EN6 -1 -3 -2EN12-1

EN18 -2 -1-5-4

υ

2/11/1IATS

υ

EN25 -1 -2

υ

EN14 EN9-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1

λ

2/2

λ

1/2

U U

E96

E94

E97

E95

Y G RU

WG

Y G GO

WR

N BR

U WG

N BR

UY

WR

GW

BW

O BG

NEN16-129

UEN16-092

NEN16-128

GOEN16-056

UYEN16-093

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

OEN16-040

B O01.8

EN43-1

EN33-1

21

Y G O B G N W N

EN12-2

EN43-2

EN33-2

-2

NEN16-098

NEN16-069

GEN16-068

BGEN16-100

BEN16-095

OEN16-094

GEN16-036

YEN16-037

+

O

GU

ENS6

E84

I

I

IL7 -3 -2 -1

υ

FT5 -2 -1

TP1

EN10-2

EN10-1EN13 -3-1 -2 -4

TP2

REN16-102

YEN16-103

OYEN16-012

BWEN16-127

UY

BG

Y BG

WG

WG

YG

WU

NU

IL8 -1 -2 FT7 -3 -1-2EN8 -2 -1 -4

RG

OY

BG

OY

BW

BG

I

I

ENS7

ILS2

EN4-11

BG

BG

EN4-12

EN4-4

U OY

I

BGJBS20

BG

BG

BG

JB2-5

BG

BG

JBS45JB1-18

OY OY

JB1-17

JB2-7

OYO

Y

EN4-10

U

I

CA5-4

CA10-18

JB1-14

RG

RG

I

CA5-6

CA10-13

CA5-5

CA10-19

OY

OY

I

APP1

-4-3 -1-2

APP2

PA1 -5 -6

YRBG

Y

JB2-6

JB2-8

JB1-8

JB1-7

RGI

I

ENS15

I

I

I

I

JB1-6

WJB2-4

JB2-15JB1-12

JB2-13JB1-3

YBG

G Y R G

REN16-106

GEN16-080O

O

I

I

W W

JB170 -2 -1EN42 -2 -1EN61 -2 -1

21

RW G

UY

GU

O GU

OY

BG

B B

O

O

E85

E86

EN998 -2 -1EN999 -2 -1

21

GU

GU

OY

OY

E90

E89

O

O

O

OJB1-29

JB1-10

OCA170-5

O

CA5-9

I

EN16-024

WGEN16-023

WG

JB1-23 JBS4

GOEN16-008I

PA3 -1 -3

51II

GW

NR

JB2-1

GO GW

E91

11II

I

I

E92

E93

ENS3

ENS2

ENS10

BG BGENS5

BRD

ENS47

BB B

B

B

B

B

P

P

3

1

5

2

R7 4

F36 20A JB220-6

JB220-9

20.120.2

IGNITION SENSE

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

ENGINE CRANK

EMS CONTROL RELAY

GENERATOR: CONTROL

GENERATOR: FIELD

GENERATOR: CHARGE / FAULT

STARTER RELAY DRIVE

PARK; NEUTRAL

THROTTLE MOTORRELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(Continued Fig. 03.2)

HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM

HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM CKP

SENSORCMP

SENSORSKNOCK

SENSORMAF

SENSORECT

SENSOREOT

SENSORIP

SENSOREFT

SENSORMAP

SENSORFTP

SENSOR *

VVTSOLENOID VALVES

IMTSOLENOID VALVES

(1 – BOTTOM; 2 – TOP)

EVAPCANISTER

PURGE VALVE

EVAPCANISTER

CLOSE VALVE *

NOTES:

* EVAP Canister Close Valve and Fuel TankPressure Sensor – NAS vehicles only.

Shielding shown as dashed linesare braided wires.

BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH

TP SENSOR

THROTTLEMOTOR

THROTTLE BODYAPP SENSOR

Page 66: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 03.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L: ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3

AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL

COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK / LH SIDE

COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK / RH SIDE

COOLING FAN MODULE JB187 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDEJB188 2-WAY / BLACK

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

FUEL INJECTOR 1 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL1 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 2 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL4 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 3 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL2 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 4 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL5 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 5 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL3 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 6 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL6 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL PUMP – 2.5 L, 3.0 L (NAS) FT6 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

FUEL PUMP – 2.5 L, 3.0 L (ROW) FT2 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

FUEL PUMP MODULE CA105 11-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SEAT / LH SIDE

IGNITION CAPACITOR EN94 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW AIR INTAKE

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 EN51 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 EN54 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 EN52 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 EN55 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 EN53 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 EN56 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA5 12-WAY / BLACK / FUEL TANK LINK HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE TOP

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP

G17 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF GENERATOR BRACKET

G35 CA LOWER LH ‘E’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN16-009 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

SS EN16-012 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1: NOMINAL 5 V

SG EN16-019 SENSOR GROUND 1: GROUND

I EN16-025 FUEL PUMP MODULE MONITOR: PWM, 1 Hz, 50% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NORMAL, 25% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = NO CONTROL SIGNAL, 75% POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE = FUEL PUMP INOPERATIVE

O EN16-027 FUEL PUMP MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 150 Hz, NORMAL POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE = 4% – 51%

SG EN16-029 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

I EN16-033 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O EN16-034 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SS EN16-047 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE

I EN16-048 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

O EN16-051 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%

O EN16-061 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-062 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-063 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-087 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-088 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-089 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-113 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-118 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-119 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN16-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN16-121 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

I EN16-131 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

I EN16-132 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN16-133 FUEL PUMP CONTROL CIRCUIT SHIELD: GROUND

Page 67: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 2 Engine Management: 2.5 L & 3.0 L – Part 2 Fig. 03.2

JB202-3

JB202-4

F5 10A

B

YREN16-047

YGEN16-048

WEN16-025

WUEN16-051

NEN16-027

BGEN16-034

WGEN16-033

UEN16-009

BGEN16-113

BOEN16-114

BGEN16-115

BWEN16-119

GWEN16-088

GUEN16-087

BOEN16-118

BWEN16-120

YGEN16-131

BGEN16-019

OYEN16-012

WUEN16-121

GREN16-063

YGEN16-132

GWEN16-062

GUEN16-061

GREN16-089

IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2

NW

GW

N GY

NR

GU

NU

GR

NG

GB

NY

GN

1 3 5 2 4 6

EN4-1

EN4-7

EN4-2

EN4-8

EN4-3

EN4-9

BG

BO

BG

BW

BW

BO

1

EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1

3

EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1

5

EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1

2

EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1

4

EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1

6

EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1

G17ASENS17 ENS16

GU

YG

B RW

GW

YG

B RW

GR

YG

B RW

GU

YG

B RW

GW

YG

B RW

GR

YG

B RW

JB106 -3 -2 -1 PA2 -1 -2

52II

U NR

PA4 -3 -1

42II

W RW

ENS7

JBS45

OY

OY

OY

ENS6

JB1-19

JBS20

JB1-18

JB1-17

BG

WU

BG

BG

WU

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

JB2-10

JB1-28

JB2-11

JB1-4

U WG

OY

BG

U

WG

I

I

RG

BG

JB1-37

O

RGEN30-2

B

G17AS

EN30-1

JB1-36

1κ Ω SW4-12.2κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω

YR

YGSW4-3SW5-2

SW5-4

YR

BSWS1

B

YR

YG

YR

YG

I

JB145-7

WG

WU

OG

OY

B

11

JB187-1

JB188-2

B

G11AS

I

O

O

GC2-A GC2-B

E77

R

G

O

O

GC1-B GC1-A

WUWUO

BG

30

CA105-9

NG

CA105-1

N

CA105-10

R

CA105-3

Y

CA105-2

B

G35AS

I

O

O

FT2-2 (ROW)FT6-6 (NAS)

N

N

40II

CA170-2JB1-27

CA105-7

WW

W

CA10-15JB145-1O

R

Y

O

I

JB129-13

JB1-25

JB129-14

JB1-24

IP34-6

IP34-8

B

ENS18

BBBBB

ENS19

RW

RWRWRWRWRWRW

CA5-8

CA5-7

E80

E78

E83

E81

E79

E82

21II

RW

B

EN94 -1 -2

CA105-5

BRD

FT2-4 (ROW)FT6-1 (NAS)

KB

B

W

BGEN16-133

BG

JB1-26

BGCA170-1

BG BGBRD

BRD

BRD BGCA105-4

NG

BG

2

4

6

1

3

5

B

P

P

B

B

15II

5

2

R3

1

3

4

2.5 L & 3.0 L Vehicles

FRONT OFENGINE

CYLINDER NUMBERING

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

IGNITIONCAPACITOR

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(Continued from Fig. 03.1)

NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.1.

ON RESUME SET + SET – CANCEL OFF

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

CLUTCHCANCEL

SWITCH ***

*** NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch –Manual Transmission vehicles only.

FANS

LH COOLING FAN

RH COOLING FAN

COOLING FANMODULE

FUEL PUMPMODULE

FUEL PUMP

FUEL TANK

Page 68: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 03.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

CKP SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN12 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE CRANKSHAFT PULLEY

CMP SENSOR 1 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN43 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT

CMP SENSOR 2 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN33 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD, FRONT

ECT SENSOR EN18 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE, FRONT

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

EOT SENSOR EN25 2-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER

EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE JB170 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD

HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 1/2 EN14 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 EXHAUST

HO2 SENSOR DOWNSTREAM 2/2 EN9 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 EXHAUST

HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 1/1 EN37 4-WAY / GREY BANK 1 EXHAUST

HO2 SENSOR UPSTREAM 2/1 EN32 4-WAY / GREY BANK 2 EXHAUST

IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE EN87 2-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE ASSEMBLY

IMT SOLENOID VALVE EN998 2-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD TOP

KNOCK SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN23 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE VEE

MAF SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN6 5-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT

MAP SENSOR EN8 4-WAY / BLACK INTAKE MANIFOLD, REAR

TP SENSOR – 2.0 L EN88 3-WAY / BLACK THROTTLE BODY

VVT SOLENOID VALVE 1 EN61 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

VVT SOLENOID VALVE 2 EN42 2-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG8 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH STRUT TOWER

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN65-001 MAP SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES

SG EN65-003 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

SG EN65-004 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND1: GROUND

SG EN65-005 SMALL SIGNAL GROUND 2: GROUND

I EN65-006 ENGINE CRANK: B+

O EN65-008 GENERATOR FIELD RETURN SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE BY GENERATOR OPERATING CONDITION

SS EN65-011 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

PG EN65-018 POWER GROUND 2: GROUND

PG EN65-019 POWER GROUND 1: GROUND

B+ EN65-021 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ EN65-022 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 1: B+

B+ EN65-023 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY 2: B+

I EN65-025 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT

I EN65-026 HO2 SENSOR 2/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT

I EN65-027 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: CLOSED THROTTLE = 0.89 V; FULL THROTTLE = 4.50 V

SG EN65-029 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-030 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION

SG EN65-031 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-034 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN65-035 GENERATOR CHARGE / FAULT: B+ = NORMAL, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON; GROUND = GENERATOR FAILURE, AFTER-START SWITCH-ON

I EN65-036 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN65-037 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL

SG EN65-038 SENSOR SHIELD: GROUND

D EN65-039 SERIAL DATA LINK: SERIAL COMMUNICATION

I EN65-043 GENERATOR CONTROL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE

O EN65-046 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%

O EN65-047 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/2: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 256 mS, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0 mS = 0%, 77 mS = 30%, 256 mS = 100%

SG EN65-048 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/2 AND 2/2: GROUND

I EN65-050 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: CONSTANT CURRENT

I EN65-051 HO2 SENSOR 1/1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE CURRENT

SG EN65-052 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND

I EN65-053 HO2 SENSOR 1/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING

I EN65-054 HO2 SENSOR 2/2 SIGNAL, NOMINAL 1 V SWING: 0.1 – 0.9 V SWING

SG EN65-055 HO2 SENSORS GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-059 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN65-060 BANK 1 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-061 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 70 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN65-062 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-063 IGNITION ON: B+

SG EN65-064 BANK 2 FUEL INJECTORS (2, 4, 6) GROUND: GROUND

O EN65-068 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-069 EMS CONTROL RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-071 INTAKE MANIFOLD TUNING VALVE SOLENOID DRIVE: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O EN65-074 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VALVE DRIVE: PWM, 10 Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0.04% – 100%

SG EN65-075 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

O EN65-076 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

O EN65-077 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

SG EN65-078 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 2/1: GROUND

I EN65-079 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN65-080 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN65-081 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I EN65-085 PARK / NEUTRAL SWITCH (AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION): NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I EN65-086 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 4 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

SG EN65-087 BANK 2 CAMSHAFT SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

C EN65-088 CAN -

C EN65-089 CAN +

SG EN65-091 BANK 1 FUEL INJECTORS (1, 3, 5) GROUND: GROUND

O EN65-095 BANK 2 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%

O EN65-096 BANK 1 VVT SOLENOID VALVE: PWM, 300Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 0% – 100%

O EN65-097 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (–): PWM

O EN65-098 IDLE SPEED CONTROL VALVE MOTOR DRIVE (+): PWM

SG EN65-102 HO2 SENSOR HEATER GROUND – 1/1: GROUND

O EN65-103 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 2/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

O EN65-104 HO2 SENSOR HEATER CONTROL – 1/1: PWM, 1 CYCLE PER 128 mS, VARIABLE DUTY CYCLE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 69: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 1 Fig. 03.3

2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles

EN65-043

EN65-006

EN65-063

EN65-036

RG

GU

GO

Y

ENS1 ENS22

G8AL G8AR

B

B

B

B

B

BBB

B

BB

EN65-091

EN65-064

EN65-102

EN65-078

EN65-052

EN65-048

EN65-075

EN65-005

EN65-004

EN65-019

EN65-018

RWEN65-096

GEN65-095

OYEN65-070

UYEN65-074

NEN65-027

YEN65-079

UYEN65-080

BGEN65-003

OEN65-081

BWEN65-031

BWEN65-029

GWEN65-030

GOEN65-076

GEN65-025

YEN65-026

GEN65-050

YEN65-051

BREN65-055

RUEN65-104

RUEN65-077

EN65-088

G

EN65-089

Y

EN65-039

W

C

C

D

20.120.2

20.3

EN65-085

EN65-008

EN65-035

EN65-068

B

GO

U

OG

02.2

29II

I

I

O

I

I

02.2

02.2

02.2

02.2

I02.2

EN65-021

NR9

EN23 -1

EN37 EN32-3 -4 -2-1 -3 -4 -2-1

EN6 -1 -3 -2EN12-1

EN18 -2 -1-5-4

υ

2/11/1IATS

υ

EN25 -1 -2

υ

EN14 EN9-4 -3 -2-1 -4 -3 -2-1

λ

2/2

λ

1/2

U U

E96

E94

E97

E95

Y G RU

WG

Y G GO

WR

N W U WG

N BR

UY

WR

GW

BW

O BG

NEN65-054

UEN65-047

NEN65-053

GOEN65-103

UYEN65-046

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

OEN65-069

B O01.8

EN43-1

EN33-1

21

Y G O B G N W N

EN12-2

EN43-2

EN33-2

-2

NEN65-037

NEN65-087

GEN65-086

BGEN65-038

BEN65-060

OEN65-059

GEN65-061

YEN65-062

+

O

GU

ENS6

E84

I

I

EN87-2

EN87-1

EN88-1

OYEN65-011

BWEN65-001

UY

BG

Y BG

EN8 -2 -1 -4

OY

BW

BG

I

I

ENS7

BG

OY

I

ENS15

I

I

I

I

N R G

REN65-098

GEN65-097O

O

I

JB170 -2 -1EN42 -2 -1EN61 -2 -1

21

RW G

UY

GUB B

O

O

E86

EN998 -2 -1

2

GU

OY

E90

O

OJB1-10

I

EN65-023

WGEN65-022

WG

JB1-23 JBS4

GOEN65-034I

PA3 -1 -3

54II

GW

NR

JB196-1

CA170-15

GO GW GW

11II

I

I

E92

E93

ENS3

ENS2

ENS10

BG BGENS5

BRD

ENS47

BB B

B

B

B

P

P

EN88-2

EN88-3

20.120.2

IGNITION SENSE

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

ENGINE CRANK

EMS CONTROL RELAY

GENERATOR: CONTROL

GENERATOR: FIELD

GENERATOR: CHARGE / FAULT

STARTER RELAY DRIVE

PARK; NEUTRAL

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(Continued Fig. 03.4)

HO2 SENSORSUPSTREAM

HO2 SENSORSDOWNSTREAM CKP

SENSORCMP

SENSORSKNOCK

SENSORMAF

SENSORECT

SENSOREOT

SENSORMAP

SENSOR

VVTSOLENOID VALVES

IMTSOLENOID VALVE

EVAPCANISTER

PURGE VALVE

NOTE: Shielding shown as dashedlines are braided wires.

BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH

TP SENSOR IDLE SPEEDCONTROL VALVE

Page 70: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 03.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L: ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3

AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL

COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK / LH SIDE

COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK / RH SIDE

COOLING FAN MODULE JB187 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDEJB188 2-WAY / BLACK

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

FUEL INJECTOR 1 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL1 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 2 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL4 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 3 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL2 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 4 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL5 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 5 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL3 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL INJECTOR 6 – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L IL6 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE FUEL RAIL

FUEL PUMP – 2.0 L CA415 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

FUEL PUMP RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R7

IGNITION CAPACITOR EN94 2-WAY / BLACK BELOW AIR INTAKE

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 1 EN51 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 2 EN54 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 3 EN52 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 4 EN55 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 5 EN53 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 1 CYLINDER HEAD

IGNITION MODULE AND COIL 6 EN56 4-WAY / BLACK BANK 2 CYLINDER HEAD

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

SPEED CONTROL MODULE JB161 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

EN4 12-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO FUEL INJECTION HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / ENGINE TOP

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G17 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / TOP OF GENERATOR BRACKET

G35 CA LOWER LH ‘E’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicI EN65-002 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

SG EN65-003 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I EN65-007 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

SS EN65-011 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

I EN65-012 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 1 (1, 3, 5): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

I EN65-013 IGNITION MONITOR BANK 2 (2, 4, 6): PULSED SIGNAL, 3 PULSES PER ENGINE CYCLE

O EN65-014 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-015 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-016 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN65-017 INTELLIGENT SPEED SIGNAL (VEHICLE SPEED) : PWM, DUTY CYCLE RANGE 30% to 70 %

O EN65-020 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN65-034 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O EN65-040 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-041 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-042 IGNITION COIL ACTIVATE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-044 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%

I EN65-056 SPEED CONTROL STATUS 1 ON / Off: GROUND = ON; 5 V = OFF

I EN65-057 SPEED CONTROL STATUS 2 ACTIVE / INACTIVE: GROUND = ACTIVE; 5 V = INACTIVE

O EN65-065 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-066 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-067 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 5: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I EN65-084 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O EN65-092 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-093 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-094 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 6: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O EN65-099 FUEL PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Page 71: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 2 Engine Management: 2.0 L – Part 2 Fig. 03.4

2.0 L Gasoline Engine Vehicles

B

GEN65-017

GUEN65-057

WUEN65-044

GREN65-099

BGEN65-020

WGEN65-084

UEN65-007

BGEN65-067

BOEN65-066

BGEN65-065

BWEN65-093

GWEN65-015

GUEN65-014

BOEN65-094

BWEN65-092

YGEN65-012

BGEN65-003

OYEN65-011

WUEN65-002

GREN65-042

YGEN65-013

GWEN65-041

GUEN65-040

GREN65-016

IL1 -1 -2 IL2 -1 -2 IL3 -1 -2 IL4 -1 -2 IL5 -1 -2 IL6 -1 -2

NW

GW

N GY

NR

GU

NU

GR

NG

GB

NY

GN

1 3 5 2 4 6

EN4-1

EN4-7

EN4-2

EN4-8

EN4-3

EN4-9

BG

BO

BG

BW

BW

BO

1

EN51 -4 -2 -3 -1

3

EN52 -4 -2 -3 -1

5

EN53 -4 -2 -3 -1

2

EN54 -4 -2 -3 -1

4

EN55 -4 -2 -3 -1

6

EN56 -4 -2 -3 -1

G17ASENS17 ENS16

GU

YG

B RW

GW

YG

B RW

GR

YG

B RW

GU

YG

B RW

GW

YG

B RW

GR

YG

B RW

JB106 -3 -2 -1PA2 -1 -2

53II

U NR

PA4 -3 -1

42II

W RW

ENS7

OY

OY

ENS6

JB1-19

JB1-18

JB1-17

BG

WU

BG

WU

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

JB196-10

JB1-28

JB196-3

JB1-4

OY

BG

U

WG

I

I

JB1-37

O

RGEN30-2

B

G17AS

EN30-1

JB1-36

1κ Ω SW4-12.2κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω

YR

YGSW4-3SW5-2

SW5-4

YR

BSWS1

B

I

JB1-8

WG

WU

OG

OY

B

11

JB187-1

JB188-2

B

G11AS

I

O

O

GC2-A GC2-B

E77

R

G

O

O

GC1-B GC1-A

WUWUO

BG

G35AS

CA415-1

JB1-39

GO

B

O

JB129-13

JB161-A

JB129-14

JB161-B

IP34-6

IP34-8

B

ENS18

BBBBB

ENS19

RW

RWRWRWRWRWRW

CA170-1

E80

E78

E83

E81

E79

E82

21II

RW

B

EN94 -1 -2

CA415-5

NG

2

4

6

1

3

5

P

B

B

GO

GRJBS50

JBS51

U

WG

JB1-23 JBS4

GOEN65-034I

PA3 -1 -3

54II

GW

NR

JB196-1

GO GW

U

WG

GWEN65-056I

YR

YG

JB161-E

YR

YG

B

JB161-D

JB161-C

JB161-G

GO

UJB161-C

(AUTO)

I

I

I

I

I

I

B

O

O

JB161-K

JB161-J

JB161-H

JB161-F

G

GU

GW

GUE

87

JB1-7

JB1-38

JB1-14

B

G14BL

(MAN)

I

O

JB202-3

JB202-4

F5 10A

RG

BG

30

15II

5

2

R3

1

3

4

72F36 20AJB220-6

JB220-9

5

2

3

1

R74

41II

JBS55

FRONT OFENGINE

CYLINDER NUMBERING

FUEL INJECTORS IGNITION MODULES AND COILS

IGNITIONCAPACITOR

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(Continued from Fig. 03.3)

NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.3.

SPEED CONTROLMODULE

ON RESUME SET + SET – CANCEL OFF

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

NOTE: JBS51 – SpeedControl vehicles only.

BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

CLUTCHCANCEL

SWITCH *

AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR

* NOTE: Clutch Cancel Switch – Manual Transmission vehicles only.

FANS

LH COOLING FAN

RH COOLING FAN

COOLING FANMODULE

FUEL PUMP

FUEL TANK

FUEL PUMPRELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Page 72: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 03.5

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR – 2.0 L D DL4 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT FRONT OF COOLING PACK

APP SENSOR – 2.0 L D PA6 10-WAY / GREY ABOVE ACCELERATOR PEDAL

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

CHT SENSOR DE13 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD

CKP SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE6 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE FLYWHEEL / RH SIDE

CLUTCH SWITCH – 2.0 L D PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL

CMP SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE7 3-WAY / GREY CYLINDER HEAD INLET CAMSHAFT

EFT SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE1 2-WAY / BLUE REAR OF HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP

EGR SOLENOID VALVE DL14 2-WAY / BLACK VACUUM RESERVOIR BRACKET

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

FUEL INJECTOR 1 – 2.0 L D DE9 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD

FUEL INJECTOR 2 – 2.0 L D DE11 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD

FUEL INJECTOR 3 – 2.0 L D DE12 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD

FUEL INJECTOR 4 – 2.0 L D DE10 2-WAY / GREY ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD

FUEL METERING VALVE DE5 2-WAY / BROWN REAR OF HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP

GLOW PLUG POWER EYELET DL10 EYELET ENGINE CYLINDER HEAD

GLOW PLUG RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R10

IP SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE3 3-WAY / PURPLE FRONT OF FUEL RAIL

KNOCK SENSOR – 2.0 L D DE8 2-WAY / BLACK CYLINDER BLOCK / LH SIDE

MAF SENSOR – 2.0 L D DL6 6-WAY / BLACK ENGINE AIR INTAKE DUCT

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

T-MAP SENSOR DL5 4-WAY / BLACK ENGINE CHARGE AIR DUCT BETWEENCHARGE AIR COOLER AND EGR VALVE

TURBOCHARGER SOLENOID VALVE DL13 2-WAY / BLACK VACUUM RESERVOIR BRACKET

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationDL2 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB237 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G8 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH STRUT TOWER

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG DL1-001 POWER GROUND: GROUND

PG DL1-002 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ DL1-003 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ DL1-004 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ DL1-005 EMS SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

SS DL1-006 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY V: NOMINAL 5 V

O DL1-009 EMS CONTROL RELAY ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SG DL1-014 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-018 INERTIA SWITCH: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

O DL1-020 GLOW PLUG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O DL1-021 STARTER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I DL1-025 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: 0.5 V – 4.5 V DEPENDANT ON FUEL RAIL PRESSURE

SG DL1-026 INJECTION PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

PG DL1-028 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-032 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDANT ON PEDAL POSITION

SS DL1-033 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

I DL1-037 IGNITION SENSE: B+

DL1-038 CLUTCH SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I DL1-045 KNOCK SENSOR SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDENT ON ENGINE VIBRATION

SG DL1-046 KNOCK SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

O DL1-047 GENERATOR MONITOR

I DL1-050 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 3 SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDANT ON PEDAL POSITION

SS DL1-051 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 3 POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

SG DL1-053 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND: GROUND

C DL1-054 CAN +

S DL1-055 SCP +

I DL1-058 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I DL1-064 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG DL1-065 AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

PG DL1-066 POWER GROUND: GROUND

SG DL1-070 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 3 GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-071 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE VOLTAGE DEPENDANT ON PEDAL POSITION

SS DL1-072 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

C DL1-073 CAN -

S DL1-074 SCP –

SG DL1-082 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-083 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR SIGNAL: NOMINAL 0 – 5 V BY ENGINE OPERATING CONDITION

SG DL1-084 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

O DL1-087 FUEL METERING VALVE DRIVE: PWM

PG DL1-088 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-090 CRANKSHAFT SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL

O DL1-095 TURBOCHARGER SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM

O DL1-096 EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION SOLENOID VALVE DRIVE: PWM

I DL1-099 T-MAP SENSOR PRESSURE SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE INCREASES

SG DL1-100 T-MAP SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-101 CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG DL1-102 CYLINDER HEAD TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-103 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL

SG DL1-104 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-107 T-MAP SENSOR TEMPERATURE SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SS DL1-108 T-MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

I DL1-109 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG DL1-110 ENGINE FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

O DL1-112 GENERATOR COMMON

O DL1-114 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 1: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O DL1-115 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 4: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ DL1-117 FUEL INJECTORS 1, 4 POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ DL1-118 FUEL INJECTORS 2, 3 POWER SUPPLY: B+

O DL1-120 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 2: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O DL1-121 FUEL INJECTOR DRIVE – CYLINDER 3: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 73: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 1 Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 1 Fig. 03.5

DL1-003

WG

DL1-004

WG

DL1-005

WG

DL1-037

GO

DL1-009

B

DL1-112

N

WUDL1-083NUDL1-084WGDL1-099YGDL1-108WGDL1-107NGDL1-100WKDL1-064NWDL1-065

WRWRDL1-090DL2-5 NRNRDL1-082DL2-4 NWNWDL1-104DL2-2 WKWKDL1-103DL2-3

NWNWDL1-102DL2-11

WKWKDL1-101

DL2-10 WGWGDL1-025DL2-20 NGNGDL1-026DL2-21 YGYGDL1-006DL2-19 NUWUDL1-109DL2-27 NUNUDL1-110DL2-26 WBNDL1-045DL2-7

NYNYDL1-046DL2-8 NNDL1-053

JB2-13 YYDL1-072JB2-15 WWDL1-071JB2-6 NRNRDL1-014JB2-7 YRYRDL1-033JB2-9 WRWRDL1-032JB2-5 NUNUDL1-070JB2-3 YUYUDL1-051JB2-4 WUWUDL1-050JB2-8GOGODL1-058

JB1-23 BYBYDL1-038JB1-14BUDL1-096

BRDL1-095BUBUDL1-087

DL2-32 BOBODL1-115DL2-28 BWBWDL1-114DL2-38 GRGWDL1-117DL2-29

BUBUDL1-121DL2-30 BYBYDL1-120DL2-36GUGYDL1-118DL2-35 GY

GR

DL2-37

GWDL2-39

OG

OGDL1-020JB1-35

GOJB237-1

DE8 -2DL6 -2 -5 -4 DE6-1

DL4 -1 -2

-3 DE13 -2 -1

υ

DE6-2

-1

υ

DE1 -1 -2DL5 -1 -2 -3

E106

WG

DLS3

WU

NU

NU

-4

WG

YG

WG

NG

DL1-047

W

DL1-018

GU

DL1-073

GDL1-054

Y

DL1-055

Y

DL1-074

U

B

B

B

E103

E104

E105

I29II

O01.9

02.3

02.3

I11II

C

C

S

S

20.1

20.120.2

20.2 –

+

+

DL1-021

GO02.3 O

DL1-088

B P

DL1-066

B P

DL1-028

B P

DL1-002

B P

DL1-001

B P

DLS1

G8AL

B

υ

I

WK

NW

I

I

I

WR

NR

I

DE7 -1 -2 -3

WG

NW

WK

I

I

DE3 -1 -2 -3

WG

NG

YG

I

NU

NU

I

NW

WK

I

BRD NY BRD NY

WB

NY

-5-10 -4-6PA6 -9 -8 -7-2 -3

I

N Y W NR

YR

WR

NU

YU

WU

NJB1-11 YJB1-29 WJB1-10 NRJB1-12 YRJB1-30 WRJB1-7 NUJB1-6 YUJB1-5 WU

JB1-31

I

I

PA3 -1 -3

51II

GW

NR

JB2-1

GW

B

PA4 -4-5

BY

JB2-12BYJBS4

I

I

DL14 -1 -2

BU

NR

E100

DL13 -1 -2

BR

NR

E99

DE5 -2 -1

BU

GY

E102

O

DE10 -1 -2

4

DE9 -1 -2

1

DE12 -1 -2

3

DE11 -1 -2

2

BO

GR

BW

GW

BU

GU

BY

GY

DLS10

DLS9

O

O

O

O

B

B GUGY

GW

3

1

5

2

R10 4

O

E101

31F22 60A JB209-1

JB205-3

GO

G14BL

JBS55

E107

O

O

GWBY

20.3

20.3

DL10

JB2-11

B

B

O

O

APP1 APP2 APP3

IGNITION SENSE

VIA INERTIA SWITCH

EMS CONTROL RELAY

GENERATOR: COMMON

GENERATOR: MONITOR

STARTER RELAY DRIVE

MAFSENSOR

T-MAPSENSOR

AMBIENTTEMP.

SENSORCKP

SENSORCMP

SENSORCHT

SENSORIP

SENSOREFT

SENSORKNOCK

SENSOR APP SENSOR

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(Continued Fig. 3.6)

GLOW PLUGRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTIONFUSE BOX

GLOW PLUGPOWER EYELET

FUEL INJECTORS FUEL METERINGVALVE

TURBOCHARGERSOLENOID VALVE

EGRSOLENOID

VALVE

CLUTCHSWITCH

BRAKE ON/OFFSWITCH

2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles

Page 74: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 03.6

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH EN30 2-WAY / BLACK 2.0 L D: ENGINE BLOCK / LH FRONT

AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R3

AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR JB106 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 1 – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R15

AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 2 JB234 RELAY BASE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / CENTER, FRONT

BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH PA2 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

CLUTCH SWITCH – 2.0 L D PA4 5-WAY / BLACK TOP OF CLUTCH PEDAL

COOLING FAN – LH GC2 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK / LH SIDE

COOLING FAN – RH GC1 2-WAY / BLACK COOLING PACK / RH SIDE

COOLING FAN MODULE JB187 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDEJB188 2-WAY / BLACK

ELECTRIC AUXILIARY HEATER JB235 6-WAY / BLACK VEHICLE UNDER-FLOOR REARWARD OF ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE JB232 6-WAY / BLACK VEHICLE UNDER-FLOOR REARWARD OF ENGINE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

SOLID STATE RELAY JB238 7-WAY / BROWN ATTACHED TO TOP OF PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SW5 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationJB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB187 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO COOLING FAN MODULE LINK LEAD ENGINE COMPARTMENT / FRONT, LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G8 EN ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH STRUT TOWER

G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP

G51 JB UNDER BODY / LH DASH PANEL

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D

Pin Description and CharacteristicDL1-012 CLUTCH CANCEL SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY CLOSED / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

SG DL1-013 SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-057 SPEED CONTROL SWITCH REQUEST: STEPPED RESISTANCE

I DL1-058 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

O DL1-061 AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O DL1-062 AUXILIARY HEATER RELAY 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SG DL1-068 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I DL1-077 BRAKE CANCEL SWITCH SIGNAL: NORMALLY CLOSED, B+ / OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

O DL1-079 AIR CONDITIONING COMPRESSOR CLUTCH RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O DL1-080 SOLID STATE RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, ECM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

SS DL1-086 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY: NOMINAL 5 V

O DL1-105 COOLING FAN MODULE CONTROL: PWM, 140Hz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE RANGE 7% – 95%

I DL1-106 AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: TRANSDUCER – VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

Page 75: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

O

RW

UUDL1-080JB1-34 BOBODL1-061JB1-38

BGBGDL1-062JB1-39 BGBGDL1-079JB1-37

WUWUDL1-105JB1-8 BGBGDL1-068

JB1-17 OYOYDL1-086JB1-18 WUWUDL1-106JB1-19

YRYRDL1-057JB1-25 YGYGDL1-013JB1-24

UUDL1-077JB1-28 GOGODL1-058JB1-23

BUBUDL1-012JB1-4

PA2 -1 -2

52II

U NR

JB2-10

GW

PA4 -1 -3

RW

U

PA3 -1 -3

51II

GW

NR

JB2-1

GWJBS4

GW

JB2-14

1κ Ω SW4-12.2κ Ω 510 Ω 300 Ω 180 Ω 120 Ω

YRYG

SW4-3SW5-2

SW5-4

YR

BSWS1

BIP34-6

IP34-8

JB129-13

JB129-14

I

JB106 -3 -2 -1

OY

BG

WU

I

I

I

I

FANS

WG

WU

OG

OY

B

11

JB187-1

JB188-2

B

G11AS

I

O

O

GC2-A GC2-B

E98

R

G

O

O

GC1-B GC1-A

NG

P

B

B

O

JB202-3

JB202-4

F5 10A

RG

BG

RGDL9-2

B

G8AR

DL9-1

JB1-36

30

15II

5

2

R3

1

3

4

O

17II

NR

U G

JB238 -3 -1 -5

O

JB232-5

G GR

RW

B W

JB232-1

JB232-4

JB232-2

JB232-3

24II7

G51AL

20.3

DB B PI

JB206-4

JB206-3

F38 30A

GO

BO33

32 3

1

5

2

R15 4

O

GW

BG

18

24II

3

1

5

2

4JB234

GWJBS14

O

GW

JB235-1

1

2

3

JB235-5

JB235-3

B

G51AL

B

G51AR

JB30AR

JB30AL

Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 2 Engine Management: 2.0 L D – Part 2 Fig. 03.6

2.0 L Diesel Engine Vehicles

SOLID STATERELAY

FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARYHEATER MODULE*

SERIALCOMMUNICATION

* NOTE: Either Fuel-Fired Auxiliary Heater or Electric Auxiliary Heater fitted.

AUXILIARY HEATERRELAY 1

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

ELECTRICAUXILIARY HEATER*

AUXILIARY HEATERRELAY 2

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(Continued from Fig. 03.5)

NOTE: ECM power supplies andgrounds shown on Figure 03.5.

ON RESUME SET + SET – CANCEL OFF

SPEED CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CLUTCHSWITCH

BRAKEON/OFFSWITCH

BRAKECANCELSWITCH

AIR CONDITIONINGPRESSURE SENSOR

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

AIR CONDITIONINGCOMPRESSOR CLUTCH

RELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

LH COOLING FAN

RH COOLING FAN

COOLING FANMODULE

FANS

Page 76: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 04.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 16 BIT JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Transmission Control Module – 16 BIT

Pin Description and CharacteristicO JB131-03 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

O JB131-04 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

I JB131-05 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION

B+ JB131-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB131-07 GEAR SELECTOR SIGNAL – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-08 GEAR SELECTOR SIGNAL – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT

PG JB131-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O JB131-10 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

C JB131-12 CAN - 1

C JB131-13 CAN - 2

O JB131-14 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

O JB131-15 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

O JB131-16 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

SG JB131-17 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND

O JB131-18 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

SG JB131-20 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-21 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*

I JB131-24 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION

I JB131-25 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-26 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-27 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB131-30 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT

C JB131-33 CAN + 1

C JB131-34 CAN + 2

B+ JB131-36 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG JB131-38 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-39 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG JB131-42 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

SG JB131-44 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-45 GEAR SELECTOR SIGNAL – 4: 4 = GROUND; NOT IN 4 = OPEN CIRCUIT

SG JB131-46 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB131-47 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND

O JB131-52 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

O JB131-53 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

B+ JB131-54 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

* IN 1ST – 4TH AND R, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS THE SAME AS THE OUTPUT SHAFT SPEED. IN 5TH, THE INTERMEDIATE SHAFT SPEED IS MULTIPLIED BY 1.2.

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 77: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Automatic Transmission: 16-Bit TCM Automatic Transmission: 16-Bit TCM Fig. 04.1

16-Bit TCM VehiclesEarly Production Sedan Vehicles

JB131-13

G

JB131-12

JB131-06

JB131-33

JB131-36

JB131-54

BB

BR

D

OR

Y

SU

O

G

NRWUWYGROGNBB

Y

G

WU

WU

UY

IP14-2

IP14-6

OY

B

B

JB131-34

Y

8

20.120.2

20.120.2 –

+

+

JB155-7

JB155-18

JB155-9

JB155-10

JB155-11

JB155-17

JB155-16

JB155-8

JB155-15

JB155-12

JB155-13

JB155-14

υ

JB155-2

JB155-1

JB155-4

JB155-3

JB155-6

JB155-5

BR

D

BR

D

W

JB131-17

JB131-15

JB131-14

JB131-52

JB131-16

JB131-18

JB131-03

JB131-53

JB131-10

JB131-04

JB131-39

JB131-20

JB131-24

JB131-21

JB131-05

JB131-30

JB131-26

JB131-25

JB131-27

JB131-08

JB131-07

JB131-09

JB131-38

C

C

C

C

OY

BWJB131-45

JB131-47

JB156-9

JB156-7

JB156-2

JB156-1

JB156-8

RWJB156-10

JB156-6

IP14-4

Y

IP14-10

G

IP14-9

Y

IP14-12

G

IP14-11

Y

C

C

C

C

+

+

IP14-1

WR

IPS68B

IP14-3

G

P

R

N

D

2

3

G37BL

OYJB129-10

JBS55

G14AL

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

BGYB OGN

YSU W B

WUWYGROGN R

RIP18-4

UIP18-3

O

I

IP14-16

I

O

O

3

09.2

07.2

50II

20.220.1

20.220.1

B

G15BLG15BR

PR

D

23

N

P

N

42II

02.1

A B C

B

B

B

P

P

B

BRDJB131-44

BRDJB131-46

BRDJB131-42

02.2

IP14-14

IP14-15

O

R

JB129-22

JB129-20

O

O

P

OIP14-5

BW

JB130-6

22II

23II

20.120.2

20.120.2

20.220.1

20.220.1

JB156-3

JB156-4

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES

SHIFTSOLENOIDS

PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOIDS

(DUTY CYCLE)TIMING

SOLENOIDS

TCC

LIN

E

2/4

BR

AK

E

LOW

CLU

TCH

RED

UC

TIO

N

2/4

BR

AK

E

FLUIDTEMPERATURE

SENSORTURBINE

SPEED SENSORINTERMEDIATESPEED SENSOR

OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

ECM: STARTERCIRCUIT

MODE SWITCH

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

GEARSHIFTINTERLOCKSOLENOID

SECONDGEAR

THIRDGEAR

FOURTHGEAR

J-GATE MODULE

GEM: KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING

KEY LOCKSOLENOID

IGNITION SWITCH

CAN MESSAGES:• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS• BRAKE ON / OFF

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION

Page 78: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 04.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION JB155 18-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 32 BIT JB230 24-WAY / WHITE LOWER LH ‘A’ POSTJB231 24-WAY / GREY

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR JB156 10-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationJB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Transmission Control Module – 32 BIT

Pin Description and CharacteristicO JB230-01 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

O JB230-02 2 / 4 BRAKE PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

O JB230-03 TCC PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID DRIVE: PWM, 1.25 kHz, POSITIVE DUTY CYCLE 5 – 95%

SG JB230-04 SOLENOID GROUND RETURN: GROUND

C JB230-05 CAN +

C JB230-06 CAN -

O JB230-07 REDUCTION TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

O JB230-08 LOW CLUTCH TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

B+ JB230-10 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O JB230-11 SHIFT SOLENOID A DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

O JB230-12 SHIFT SOLENOID B DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

C JB230-14 CAN +

C JB230-15 CAN -

I JB230-18 RANGE SENSOR – P: P = GROUND; NOT IN P = OPEN CIRCUIT

B+ JB230-19 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O JB230-20 SHIFT SOLENOID C DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

O JB230-21 2 / 4 BRAKE TIMING SOLENOID DRIVE: B+ TO ACTIVATE

SG JB230-23 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB230-24 GEAR SELECTOR SIGNAL – 3: 3 = GROUND; NOT IN 3 = OPEN CIRCUIT

PG JB231-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND

SG JB231-26 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB231-27 GEAR SELECTOR SIGNAL – 2: 2 = GROUND; NOT IN 2 = OPEN CIRCUIT

B+ JB231-28 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB231-29 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 18 PULSES PER OUTPUT SHAFT REVOLUTION

I JB231-34 RANGE SENSOR – D: D = GROUND; NOT IN D = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB231-35 RANGE SENSOR – R: R = GROUND; NOT IN R = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB231-36 RANGE SENSOR – N: N = GROUND; NOT IN N = OPEN CIRCUIT

I JB231-38 TURBINE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 36 PULSES PER ENGINE REVOLUTION

I JB231-39 INTERMEDIATE SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 54 PULSES PER INTERMEDIATE SHAFT REVOLUTION*

I JB231-41 MODE SWITCH: “SPORT” SELECTED = GROUND

SG JB231-42 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB231-43 GEAR SELECTOR SIGNAL – 4: 4 = GROUND; NOT IN 4 = OPEN CIRCUIT

SG JB231-44 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I JB231-47 FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

PG JB231-48 POWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 79: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Automatic Transmission: 32-Bit TCM Automatic Transmission: 32-Bit TCM Fig. 04.2

32-Bit TCM Vehicles

JB230-15

G

JB230-06

JB231-28

JB230-05

JB230-10

JB230-19

BB

BR

D

O

R

Y

S

U

O

GNRW

UWYGROGNBB

Y

G

WU

WU

UY

IP14-2

IP14-6

OY

B

B

JB230-14

Y

8

20.120.2

20.120.2 –

+

+

JB155-7

JB155-18

JB155-9

JB155-10

JB155-11

JB155-17

JB155-16

JB155-8

JB155-15

JB155-12

JB155-13

JB155-14

υ

JB155-2

JB155-1

JB155-4

JB155-3

JB155-6

JB155-5

BR

D

BR

D

W

JB230-04

JB230-11

JB230-12

JB230-20

JB230-03

JB230-01

JB230-02

JB230-08

JB230-07

JB230-21

JB231-47

JB231-42

JB231-38

JB231-39

JB231-29

JB230-18

JB231-35

JB231-36

JB231-34

JB231-27

JB230-24

JB231-25

JB231-48

C

C

C

C

OY

BWJB231-43

JB231-41

JB156-9

JB156-7

JB156-2

JB156-1

JB156-8

RWJB156-10

JB156-6

IP14-4

Y

IP14-10

G

IP14-9

Y

IP14-12

G

IP14-11

Y

C

C

C

C

+

+

IP14-1

WR

IPS68B

IP14-3

G

P

R

N

D

2

3

G37BL

OYJB129-10

JBS55

G14AL

I

I

I

I

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

I

BGYB OGN

YSU W B

WUWYGROGN R

RIP18-4

UIP18-3

O

I

IP14-16

I

O

O

3

09.2

07.2

50II

20.220.1

20.220.1

B

G15BLG15BR

PR

D

23

N

P

N

42II

02.1

A B C

B

B

B

P

P

B

BRDJB230-23

BRDJB231-44

BRDJB231-26

02.2

IP14-14

IP14-15

O

R

JB129-22

JB129-20

O

O

P

OIP14-5

BW

JB130-6

22II

23II

20.120.2

20.120.2

20.220.1

20.220.1

JB156-3

JB156-4

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

TRANSMISSION CONTROL VALVES

SHIFTSOLENOIDS

PRESSURE CONTROLSOLENOIDS

(DUTY CYCLE)TIMING

SOLENOIDS

TCC

LIN

E

2/4

BR

AK

E

LOW

CLU

TCH

RED

UC

TIO

N

2/4

BR

AK

E

FLUIDTEMPERATURE

SENSORTURBINE

SPEED SENSORINTERMEDIATESPEED SENSOR

OUTPUTSPEED SENSOR

TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR

ECM: STARTERCIRCUIT

MODE SWITCH

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

GEARSHIFTINTERLOCKSOLENOID

SECONDGEAR

THIRDGEAR

FOURTHGEAR

J-GATE MODULE

GEM: KEY-IN AUDIBLE WARNING

KEY LOCKSOLENOID

IGNITION SWITCH

CAN MESSAGES:• GEAR SELECTOR POSITIONS• BRAKE ON / OFF

GEAR SELECTOR ILLUMINATION

Page 80: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 05.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

VACUUM MODULE JB240 5-WAY / BLACK UNDER BATTERY TRAYJB241 2-WAY / BLACKJB242 2-WAY / GREY

VACUUM PUMP VP1 2-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.0 L LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.0 L RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO RH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO LH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Anti-Lock Braking System Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB45-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB45-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+

PG JB45-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB45-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB45-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB45-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB45-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB45-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB45-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

B+ JB45-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C JB45-24 CAN +

O JB45-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

O JB45-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB45-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

I JB45-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

C JB45-40 CAN -

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 81: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Anti-Lock Braking Anti-Lock Braking Fig. 05.1

JBS4

PA3-1

51II

GW NR

JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)JB196-1 (2.0 L)

GW

5

GO GU U R S

G14AS

B

JB241-1

JB240-1

JB240-5

JB241-2

JB242-1

JB242-2

B

JB45-06

R

JB45-02

R

GW

Y

G

20.1

20.2

12

LF1-2

RF1-2

W N W R

CA55-2

CA60-2

CA55-1

CA60-1

JB15-1

CA10-16

JB15-2

CA10-17

LF1-1

RF1-1

WU GB WG NG

G18AL

JB45-23

JB45-24

JB45-40

C

C

JB45-12

JB45-28

JB45-16

JB45-15

JB45-14

JB45-13

JB45-31

JB45-30

JB45-32

WNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO

25II

JB45-05 B

JB45-01 B

G18AR

I

PA3-3

JB133-1

CA170-6

JB133-2

CA170-7

I

I

I

I

CAN

VP1-2

VP1-1

R S

BB

H H H H

B

B

B

P

P

13

E88

CA55-2

CA60-2

CA55-1

CA60-1

CA10-16

CA10-17

WU GB WG NG

CA170-6

CA170-7

H H

LR1-2

R W R W

LR1-1

RR1-2

RR1-1

+20.2

20.1

54II

2.0 L

2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D

DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;

ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

MOTOR

SOLENOIDS

MOTOR

ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGSYSTEM MODULE

PRESSUREPUMP

CONTROLVALVES

LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

2.0 L VEHICLES

VACUUMPUMP*

ACTIVATES VACUUM PUMP IFINTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM

FALLS TO 0.450 BAR (13.29 in. hg);SWITCHES PUMP OFF AT 0.650 BAR (19.20 in. hg).

VACUUM MODULE*

* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit – 2.0 L Gasoline Engine vehicles only.

BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH

ABS Vehicles

Page 82: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 05.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

VACUUM MODULE JB240 5-WAY / BLACK UNDER BATTERY TRAYJB241 2-WAY / BLACKJB242 2-WAY / GREY

VACUUM PUMP VP1 2-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.0 L LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.0 L RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO RH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO LH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB197-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB197-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+

PG JB197-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB197-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB197-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB197-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB197-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB197-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB197-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

B+ JB197-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C JB197-24 CAN +

I JB197-27 TRACTION CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O JB197-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

O JB197-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB197-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

I JB197-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

C JB197-40 CAN -

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 83: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Anti-Lock Braking / Traction Control Fig. 05.2

ABS / TC Vehicles

JBS4

PA3-1

GW NR

GW

5

GO GU U R S

G14AS

B

JB241-1

JB240-1

JB240-5

JB241-2

JB242-1

JB242-2

B

JB197-06

R

JB197-02

R

GW

Y

G

20.120.2

LF1-2

RF1-2

W N W R

CA55-2

CA60-2

CA55-1

CA60-1

JB15-1

CA10-16

JB15-2

CA10-17

LF1-1

RF1-1

WU GB WG NG

G18AL

JB197-23

JB197-24

JB197-40

C

C

JB197-12

JB197-28

JB197-16

JB197-15

JB197-14

JB197-13

JB197-31

JB197-30

JB197-32

WNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO

25II

JB197-05 B

JB197-01 B

G18AR

I

PA3-3

JB133-1

CA170-6

JB133-2

CA170-7

I

I

I

I

CAN

VP1-2

VP1-1

R S

BB

H H H H

B

B

B

P

P

BBJB197-27IP29-2IP29-5 JB130-7

B IIPS68

B

G37BL

CA55-2

CA60-2

CA55-1

CA60-1

CA10-16

CA10-17

WU GB WG NG

CA170-6

CA170-7

H H

LR1-2

R W R W

LR1-1

RR1-2

RR1-1

14

15

E88

+

20.120.2

51II

JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)JB196-1 (2.0 L)

54II

2.0 L

2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D

DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;

ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

TRACTION CONTROLSWITCH

MOTOR

SOLENOIDS

MOTOR

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROL

MODULE

PRESSUREPUMP

CONTROLVALVES

LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

2.0 L VEHICLES

VACUUMPUMP*

ACTIVATES VACUUM PUMP IFINTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM

FALLS TO 0.450 BAR (13.29 in. hg);SWITCHES PUMP OFF AT 0.650 BAR (19.20 in. hg).

VACUUM MODULE*

* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit – 2.0 L Gasoline Engine vehicles only.

BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH

Page 84: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 05.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR JB89 3-WAY / BLACK ON DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULATOR

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

VACUUM MODULE JB240 5-WAY / BLACK UNDER BATTERY TRAYJB241 2-WAY / BLACKJB242 2-WAY / GREY

VACUUM PUMP VP1 2-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BRAKE SERVO

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH FRONT LF1 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.0 L LR1 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – LH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA55 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH FRONT RF1 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.0 L RR1 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

WHEEL SPEED SENSOR – RH REAR: 2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D CA60 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR WHEEL HUB

YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB15 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO RH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB133 2-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO LH WHEEL SPEED SENSOR LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

JB196 10-WAY / GREY / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G18 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Dynamic Stability Control Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG JB185-01 MOTOR GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB185-02 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY – MOTOR: B+

PG JB185-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB185-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I JB185-12 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB185-13 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB185-14 LH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SS JB185-15 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB185-16 RH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

SG JB185-21 SENSOR GROUND – YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS: GROUND

B+ JB185-23 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

C JB185-24 CAN +

SG JB185-25 SENSOR GROUND – BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR: GROUND

I JB185-26 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: VOLTAGE INCREASES AS PRESSURE INCREASES

I JB185-27 DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

O JB185-28 LH FRONT WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

O JB185-30 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

I JB185-31 RH REAR WHEEL SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL: 32 PULSES PER WHEEL REVOLUTION

I JB185-32 BRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH: NORMALLY OPEN / B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

SS JB185-39 YAW RATE, STEERING ANGLE SENSORS SUPPLY VOLTAGE: B+

C JB185-40 CAN -

SS JB185-42 BRAKE PRESSURE SENSOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE: NOMINAL 5 V

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 85: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Dynamic Stability Control Dynamic Stability Control Fig. 05.3

DSC Vehicles

JBS4

PA3-1

GW NR

GW

5

GO GU U R SB

JB241-1

JB240-1

JB240-5

JB241-2

JB242-1

JB242-2

JB185-06

R

JB185-02

R

GW

Y

G

20.120.2

BBJB185-27IP29-2IP29-5 JB130-7

B

LF1-2

RF1-2

W N W R

CA55-2

CA60-2

CA55-1

CA60-1

JB15-1

CA10-16

JB15-2

CA10-17

LF1-1

RF1-1

WU GB WG NG

JB89-2

JB89-3

JB89-1

WG GB B

IP20-1

IP20-4

IP20-3

GWY

IP19-3

IP19-1

IP19-2

Y GW

JB129-9

JB129-16

I

JB185-23

JB185-24

JB185-40

C

C

JB185-21

JB185-39

JB185-26

JB185-42

JB185-25

JB185-12

JB185-28

JB185-16

JB185-15

JB185-14

JB185-13

JB185-31

JB185-30

JB185-32

UGWWGGBBWNWRNRWUGBWGNGGO

25II

IPS68

B

G37BL

IP20-2

G

IP19-4

G

GW

IPS7

IPS6

20.120.2

20.120.2

C C C C

CAN

I

JB185-05 B

JB185-01 B

I

PA3-3

JB133-1

CA170-6

JB133-2

CA170-7

I

I

I

I

VP1-2

VP1-1

R S

G14AS

B

G18AL G18AR

BB

JBS67

H H H H

P

P

B

B

B

U

U

CA55-2

CA60-2

CA55-1

CA60-1

CA10-16

CA10-17

WU GB WG NG

CA170-6

CA170-7

H H

LR1-2

R W R W

LR1-1

RR1-2

RR1-1

U

E88

16

17

+

20.120.2

20.120.2

20.120.2

51II

JB2-1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)JB196-1 (2.0 L)

54II

2.0 L

2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D

DRIVER WARNINGS;VEHICLE SPEED;

ENGINE TORQUE REDUCTION

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLSWITCH

MOTOR

SOLENOIDS

MOTOR

DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL MODULE

PRESSUREPUMP

CONTROLVALVES

YAW RATE

STEERING ANGLE

YAW RATESENSOR

STEERING ANGLESENSOR

BRAKE PRESSURESENSOR

LH FRONTWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH FRONTWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

LH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

RH REARWHEEL SPEED

SENSOR

2.0 L VEHICLES

VACUUMPUMP*

ACTIVATES VACUUM PUMP IFINTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM

FALLS TO 0.450 BAR (13.29 in. hg);SWITCHES PUMP OFF AT 0.650 BAR (19.20 in. hg).

VACUUM MODULE*

* NOTE: Vacuum Module, Vacuum Pump and circuit – 2.0 L Gasoline Engine vehicles only.

BRAKEON / OFFSWITCH

Page 86: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 06.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R4

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

BLOWER – MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL IP58 2-WAY / GREY LHD: BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDERHD: BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR IP121 6-WAY / GREY ADJACENT TO BLOWER MOTOR

CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP39 4-WAY / GREYIP101 26-WAY / WHITEIP135 2-WAY / GREY

DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC6 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR AC7 4-WAY / BLACK LHD: LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNITRHD: RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Climate Control Module – Manual

Pin Description and CharacteristicO AC1-04 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND

O AC1-05 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND

O AC1-06 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-07 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-08 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-09 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-10 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-11 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-12 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

O AC1-13 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

I AC1-14 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I AC1-15 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG AC1-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

O AC1-20 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-21 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-22 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-23 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-24 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-25 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-26 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

O IP39-01 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 6: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O IP39-02 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 4: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O IP39-03 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 2: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O IP39-04 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 3: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O IP39-06 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 5: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

B+ IP101-01 BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ IP101-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP101-07 BLOWER SPEED SENSE: B+ WHEN BLOWER OFF, 0 V WHEN BLOWER RUNNING

C IP101-09 CAN +

C IP101-10 CAN -

B+ IP101-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG IP101-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP101-20 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE

C IP101-22 CAN +

C IP101-23 CAN -

O IP135-01 BLOWER SPEED CONTROL 1: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

PG IP135-02 BLOWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 87: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Manual Climate Control Manual Climate Control Fig. 06.1

IP101-22

Y

AC1-15

IP101-09

IP101-14

IP101-10

IP101-01

IP101-02

IP39-03

BWBW

BGBOBKBR

RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGBUGWGBUY

G

Y

WR

OY

OG

AC6-2

AC6-1

AC5-1

AC5-2

AC4-1

AC4-6

AC4-3

AC4-4

AC4-5

AC3-1

AC3-6

AC3-3

AC3-4

AC3-5

AC2-1

AC2-6

AC2-3

AC2-4

AC2-5

69

48II

IP101-23

G

IP101-20

G

C

C

C

C

AC1-16

AC1-14

AC1-04

AC1-05

AC1-21

AC1-06

AC1-20

AC1-07

AC1-13

AC1-23

AC1-08

AC1-22

AC1-09

AC1-26

AC1-25

IP135-01

IP101-07

AC7-2

AC7-4

AC7-4

AC7-2

υ

B

YWRWWBAC1-10

AC1-24

AC1-11

AC1-12

CCM

20.120.2

20.120.2

υ

ACS2

I

I

(LHD)

(RHD)

UGWGBUY B RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGB YWRWWB

C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

G37BR

O

I

09.2

OY75IP201-7

49II

IP39-04O

IP39-02O

IP39-06O

IP101-15

B

G36AR

IP135-02

GBIP39-01O

IP58-1

IP58-2

GB GB

5 4 3 2 16

IP121-2 IP121-5 IP121-6 IP121-4 IP121-3 IP121-1

IPS37

IPS55

BW

B

B

B

I

P

P

B BCAS10 CA208-9

G15AL

F37 30A

+

+

20.120.2

20.120.2

B73

3

2

5

1

R4 4

NOTE: The CCM incorporates the control panelfor the Climate Control System.

DISCHARGETEMPERATURE

SENSOR

EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE

SENSORFRESH / RECIRCULATION

FLAP ACTUATOR

DEFROST DOORACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

PANEL / FLOORACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

AIR TEMPERATURE BLENDACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION

BLOWER

CLIMATECONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGBLOWER

RELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

BLOWER

BLOWER SERIES RESISTOR

NOTE: Refer to Figure 03.2, 03.4 or 03.6 forA/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.

Manual Climate Control Vehicles

Page 88: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 06.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R4

AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR AC2 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR JB105 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT CROSS MEMBER, ADJACENT TO RADIATOR / LH SIDE

BLOWER – AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL IP134 6-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE

CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNITIP101 26-WAY / WHITE

DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR AC4 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC6 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AC5 2-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR AC7 4-WAY / BLACK LHD: LH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNITRHD: RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

IN-CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR IP66 4-WAY / BLACK BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER RIGHT

PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR AC3 6-WAY / BLACK RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNIT

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationJB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Climate Control Module – Automatic

Pin Description and CharacteristicO AC1-04 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND

O AC1-05 FRESH / RECIRCULATION FLAP ACTUATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+ OR TO GROUND

O AC1-06 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-07 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-08 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-09 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-10 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 1 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-11 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 2 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-12 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

O AC1-13 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

I AC1-14 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I AC1-15 DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I AC1-16 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

O AC1-20 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-21 DEFROST DOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-22 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-23 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-24 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 3 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-25 AIR TEMPERATURE BLEND ACTUATOR STEPPER COIL 4 DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O AC1-26 PANEL / FLOOR ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ IP101-01 BATTERY SAVER POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ IP101-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP101-05 ASPIRATOR MOTOR DRIVE: PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO GROUND; A/CCM MONITORS CIRCUIT FOR MOTOR RUNNING CONDITION

O IP101-06 BLOWER MOTOR CONTROL: PWM, 400 Hz, APPROXIMATELY 8% – 90%; HIGHER DUTY CYCLE = HIGHER BLOWER SPEED

I IP101-07 BLOWER MOTOR SPEED SENSE: FREQUENCY = RPM / 20; FREQUENCY PROPORTIONAL TO BLOWER SPEED

C IP101-09 CAN +

C IP101-10 CAN -

B+ IP101-14 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG IP101-15 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP101-16 IN CAR TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

SG IP101-17 SENSOR GROUND: GROUND

I IP101-19 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL, NOMINAL 0 – 5 V: NTC SENSOR – VOLTAGE DECREASES AS TEMPERATURE INCREASES

I IP101-20 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE

O IP101-21 AIR CONDITIONING BLOWER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

C IP101-22 CAN +

C IP101-23 CAN -

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 89: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Automatic Climate Control Automatic Climate Control Fig. 06.2

Automatic Climate Control Vehicles

IP101-22

Y

AC1-15

IP101-09

IP101-14

IP101-10

IP101-01

IP101-02

IP101-05

BWB

W

BBWBW

RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGBUGWGBUY

G

Y

WR

OY

OG

B

OY

B

IP134-2 (LHD)IP134-1 (RHD)

AC6-2

AC6-1

IP66-2

IP66-1

AC5-1

AC5-2

JB105-2

JB105-1

AC4-1

AC4-6

AC4-3

AC4-4

AC4-5

AC3-1

AC3-6

AC3-3

AC3-4

AC3-5

AC2-1

AC2-6

AC2-3

AC2-4

AC2-5

69

48II

IP101-23

G

IP101-20

G

C

C

C

C

AC1-16

AC1-14

AC1-04

AC1-05

AC1-21

AC1-06

AC1-20

AC1-07

AC1-13

AC1-23

AC1-08

AC1-22

AC1-09

AC1-26

AC1-25

IP101-16

IP101-17

IP101-19

IP101-21

IP101-06

IP101-07

AC7-2

AC7-4

AC7-4

AC7-2

υ

IP66-3

IP66-4

υ

B

YWRWWBAC1-10

AC1-24

AC1-11

AC1-12

IP101-15

20.120.2

20.120.2

υ

ACS2

I

I

(LHD)

(RHD)

UGWGBUY B RGOYROGRUORGOGUGRGB YWRWWB

C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2 C1C4 C3 C2

IPS27

WR

JB3-9

JB3-10

I

I

O

B

B

WBW

B

B BB

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

IP134-6 (LHD)IP134-4 (RHD)

IP134-3 (LHD)IP134-5 (RHD)

IP134-1 (LHD)IP134-2 (RHD)

B+

G36AR

G37BR

BW

O

O

I

09.2

OY

W

B

B

B

I

P

75IP201-7

B BCAS10 CA208-9

G15AL

F37 30A

IP202-3

B74

+

+

20.120.2

20.120.2

B73

3

2

5

1

R4 4

υ

NOTE: Vehicles without Navigation “Touch Screen” –The CCM incorporates the control panel for the ClimateControl System.

Vehicles with Navigation “Touch Screen” – The CCM isremotely mounted on the Climate Control Unit. Drivercontrol inputs are received via Network Communication.

DISCHARGETEMPERATURE

SENSOR

EVAPORATORTEMPERATURE

SENSORFRESH / RECIRCULATION

FLAP ACTUATOR

DEFROST DOORACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

PANEL / FLOORACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

AIR TEMPERATURE BLENDACTUATOR

STEPPER COILS

IN-CARTEMPERATURE

SENSOR

AMBIENTTEMPERATURE

SENSOR

CONTROL PANEL ILLUMINATION*

* NOTE: Control Panel Illumination circuit –not used “Touch Screen” vehicles.

CLIMATECONTROL MODULE

AIR CONDITIONINGBLOWER

RELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

CONTROL

SENSE

BLOWER

NOTE: Refer to Figure 03.2, 03.4 or 03.6 forA/C Compressor Clutch and Cooling Fan circuits.

Page 90: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 06.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANEL

IP39 4-WAY / GREYIP101 26-WAY / WHITEIP135 2-WAY / GREY

CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNITIP101 26-WAY / WHITE

DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD5 22-WAY / GREY DRIVER DOOR

DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD4 22-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR

HEATED DOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD5 22-WAY / GREY DRIVER DOOR

HEATED DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD4 22-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR

HEATED REAR WINDOW – ESTATE (WAGON) WG5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOW

HEATED REAR WINDOW – SEDAN ZA1 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOWZA10 1-WAY / BLACK

HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R6

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACKDM3 16-WAY / BLACKDM4 8-WAY / BLUEDM5 8-WAY / GREEN

WINDSHIELD HEATER – LH JB95 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD / LH SIDE

WINDSHIELD HEATER – RH JB96 2-WAY / BLACK WINDSHIELD / RH SIDE

WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R6

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA127 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO HEATER REAR WINDOW HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

WG3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ROOF / CENTER REAR

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG3 C03 LH ‘E’ POST

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Climate Control Module – Manual or Automatic

Pin Description and CharacteristicO IP101-03 WINDSHIELD HEATER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

O IP101-04 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, A/CCM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

Driver Seat Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI DM1-10 HEATED REAR WINDOW RELAY ACTIVATED SIGNAL

O DM1-14 DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT / HEATERS DRIVE

B+ DM2-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DM2-03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

B+ DM2-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+

PG DM2-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ DM2-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

Page 91: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Glass Heaters Glass Heaters Fig. 06.3

B

G14BL

B

B

DDS1B

G15AL(G4AL)

ZA10-1ZA1-1

IP101-04

IP101-03

PD4-10PD4-9

DD5-10DD5-9

JB203-4

JB203-2

GU

GW

JB130-21

79

CA206-3

IP201-9

F15 10A CA206-2

GU

GO

GUCA127-1

GU

CA15-17

CA20-17

GO

GOCAS10

B B BCA15-2

PDS1B

G4AL(G15AL)

BCA20-2

G3BS

B

G14BR

B

3

1

5

2

R6 4

CA206-7

GO

F14 30A

B(3)

(4)WG5-2WG5-1

GU GUWG3-1

G50AS

BCA206-3 WG3-2

3

1

5

2

R6 4

27

JB201-1

B

F14 30A

F15 30A

JB95-2JB95-1

JB96-2JB96-1

B

CA206-2

GOCA431-8

(1)

(2)

O

B

B

B

41

51

39II

GBDM2-4

OGDM2-1

GBDM2-6

P

BDM2-3

BDM2-5CA65-16 DMS1

BBCAS8 (LHD)

CAS10 (RHD)

B

G4AL(G15AL)

DM1-14

PD4-12

PD4-20

PD4-13

GB

YR

R

Y

B

DD5-12

DD5-20

DD5-13

R

Y

B

39

40 GB

CA431-4

CA21-15

CA16-19

YR

YR

YR

YR

B

B

I

I

P

P

DDS1B

G15AL(G4AL)

CA15-2

BCAS10

B B

PDS1B

G4AL(G15AL)

CA20-2

BCAS10

B B

IDM1-10

GO

CAS10B B

O

O

CLIMATECONTROL MODULE

NOTE: Refer to Figures 06.1 and 06.2for CCM power supplies and grounds.

DRIVER SEAT MODULE

HEATEDREAR WINDOW

RELAY

NOTATION:

(1) Memory vehicles(2) Non Memory vehicles(3) Sedan(4) Estate (Wagon)

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

WINDSHIELD HEATERRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

* NOTE: Wave Trap(s) fittedwith television option..

WAVE TRAP*

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

MIRROR HEATER

DRIVERDOOR MIRROR

MIRROR HEATER

PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR

MEMORYVEHICLES

PASSENGER DOORHEATED MIRROR

DRIVER DOORHEATED MIRROR

HEATED REAR WINDOW(SEDAN)

HEATED REAR WINDOW(ESTATE / WAGON)

LH WINDSHIELD HEATER

RH WINDSHIELD HEATER

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

WAVE TRAP*

NOTE: Check market specificationfor fitment of Heated Windshield.

All Vehicles

Page 92: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 07.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH JB70 3-WAY / BLACK BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR – 2.0 L, 2.0 L D CA415 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 – 2.5 L, 3.0 L (NAS) FT6 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 – 2.5 L, 3.0 L (ROW) FT2 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 – 2.5 L, 3.0 L (NAS) FT6 6-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 – 2.5 L, 3.0 L (ROW) FT3 4-WAY / BLACK FUEL TANK

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH – 2.0 L D DE4 1-WAY / BLACK ABOVE ENGINE OIL FILTER

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN19 1-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO ENGINE OIL FILTER

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH IP72 1-WAY / ORANGE PARKING BRAKE

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA450 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

WASHER FLUID LEVEL SWITCH JB103 2-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA5 12-WAY / BLACK / FUEL TANK LINK HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS TOP OF FUEL TANK

DL2 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE HARNESS TO ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP6-18 SEATBELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-01 REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I IP10-07 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL

I IP10-08 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 SIGNAL: VARIABLE RESISTANCE: 20 Ω = EMPTY; 160 Ω = FULL

SG IP10-09 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR REFERENCE: GROUND

I IP10-10 MAIN BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I IP10-11 WASHER FLUID LEVEL LOW SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND

I IP10-12 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SIGNAL: FLUID LEVEL LOW = GROUND

I IP10-15 PARKING BRAKE SIGNAL: PARKING BRAKE ON = GROUND

I IP10-16 TRIP COMPUTER CYCLE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

I IP10-19 FRONT FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I IP10-20 REAR FOG STATUS (HARD WIRED TO INDICATOR): B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP10-24 TRIP COMPUTER MODE SIGNAL: STEPPED RESISTANCE

SG IP10-25 TRIP COMPUTER SWITCH PACK REFERENCE: GROUND

I IP11-05 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SIGNAL: ENGINE OIL PRESSURE PRESENT = GROUND

I IP11-07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-11 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

I IP11-15 SIDE LAMPS STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I IP11-17 DIP BEAM STATUS: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

I IP11-19 AIR BAG WARNING: HARD WIRED TO AIR BAG INDICATOR

I IP11-21 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80 Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE; HARD WIRED TO BACK LIGHTING; MICRO SENSED FOR DISPLAY

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 93: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

IP10-9

IP10-8

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP10-22

IP10-23

S

S

B

WB

JB129-4

IP11-7OG

JB129-3

G37AL(G36BL)

B

IP11-13YU

IP11-11GR

IP10-10

U

IP11-17

OY

70

1I

66II

G

Y20.120.2IP10-17

IP10-18

C

C

IP11-8

I

I

IP11-19

U

IP11-21

O

I

I

IP10-1

GB

IP10-20

WU

I

I

IP10-19

U

IP11-15

OG

I

I

17.1

09.2

08.1

08.1

08.1

08.108.4

IP10-7

IP10-15

WU

B

IP10-12

B

IP10-11

IP11-5

B

BEN19-1

P

B

IP72-1

FT2-1 (ROW)FT6-3 (NAS)

FT2-3 (ROW)FT6-4 (NAS)

FE 160Ω20Ω

B

FT3-1 (ROW)FT6-5 (NAS)

FT3-3 (ROW)FT6-2 (NAS)

FE 160Ω20Ω

B

WB

WU

JB103-2JB103-1

B

G10AL

G14BL

JB70-2JB70-1

B

BJB1-16

I

I

I

I

I

I

JB129-1

CA1-14

CA1-13

CA240-12

BJBS54

JBS55

B

BB

B

B

CA5-1

CA5-2

CA5-11

CA5-3

IP10-16

BIIP53-7

IP10-25

W

IP53-10

B

B

WB

WU

IP80-5

IP80-6

IP10-24

YO

G37BL(G36BL)

BRIPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

B

A / B

MLS / KM

SCP

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

OIP6-18

OIP74-22

OCA165-25 (FWD)CA450-25 (AWD)RCA165-26 (FWD)CA450-26 (AWD)

I

I

17.117.2

08.10

08.208.3

08.3

08.4 08.3

08.2

08.2

08.2

B

B

B

P

WB

B

CA415-2

CA415-4FE 160Ω20Ω

B

BDE4-1

P

DL2-22

+

+

+

20.120.2

I

O

(2.0 L, 2.0 L D)

(2.5 L, 3.0 L)

(2.0 L, 2.0 L D)

(2.5 L, 3.0 L)

17.117.2

B(2.0 L D)

(2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L)

IP11-24GR35

IIB

Instrument Cluster Instrument Cluster Fig. 07.1

All Vehicles

DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

DIMMER MODULE

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:REVERSE LAMPS STATUS

ADVANCED RESTRAINT SYSTEM:AIRBAG WARNING

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:MAIN BEAM STATUS

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:DIP BEAM STATUS

FRONT EXTERIOR LIGHTING:FRONT FOG LAMPS STATUS

EXTERIOR LIGHTING:SIDE LAMPS STATUS

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:REAR FOG LAMPS STATUS

INSTRUMENT CLUSTERILLUMINATION

AIRBAG WARNING LAMP

MAIN BEAM INDICATOR

FRONT FOG LAMPS INDICATOR

REAR FOG LAMPS INDICATOR

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

OIL PRESSURESWITCH

(2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L)

OIL PRESSURESWITCH (2.0 L D)

WASHER FLUIDLEVEL SWITCH

BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SWITCH

PARKING BRAKESWITCH

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR (2.0 L, 2.0 L D)

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 1 (2.5 L, 3.0 L)

FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 2 (2.5 L, 3.0 L)

TRIP COMPUTERCYCLE SWITCH

TURN SIGNALSWITCH

RESET

MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH

POWER STEERING(NOT USED)

Page 94: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 07.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DD9 2-WAY / BLACK

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA450 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

I IP6-15 NOT-IN-PARK SWITCH: PARK = OPEN CIRCUIT; NOT-IN-PARK = GROUND

I IP6-18 SEATBELT AND AIRBAG AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST: AUDIBLE WARNING REQUEST ACTIVE = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicS IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 95: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Audible Warnings Audible Warnings Fig. 07.2

All Vehicles

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP10-22

IP10-23

S

S

SCPU

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

OIP6-18

OIP74-22

OCA165-25 (FWD)CA450-25 (AWD)RCA165-26 (FWD)CA450-26 (AWD)

I

I

17.2 17.1

64 OJB172-5

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

R

IP18-5

IP18-4

I

II

III

3

BIP6-8

I

IP14-2

BIP14-4

YIPS68

B

G37BL

IIP6-22

BDD9-1DD9-2

B R RCA15-20 CA1-7CAS10

B

G15AL(G4AL)

BDDS1

B BCA15-2

IIP6-15

O

P

B

I

RCAS55

17.2 17.1

DRIVER SEAT BELT SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT BELT SWITCH

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH

NOT-IN-PARKSWITCH

J-GATE MODULE

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

DRIVER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

AUDIBLEWARNINGCONTROL

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

HEADLAMPS ON

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

AUDIBLE WARNINGS:

• Seat Belt• Airbag• Ignition Key-in• Not-in-Park• Headlamps On• Delay Entry (combined Alarm State and Driver Door Ajar status)

NOTE: Refer to Figures 08.1 – 08.4 for Turn Signal Audible Warning.

Page 96: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUTO HEADLAMPS SENSOR RC5 5-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR

DIP BEAM RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R11

FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE

FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX

HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE

SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE

TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH FRONT JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER

TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH FRONT JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB173 10-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-09 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

O JB172-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O JB172-04 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 97: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Exterior Lighting: Front – Auto Headlamps Exterior Lighting: Front – Auto Headlamps Fig. 08.1

Auto Headlamp Vehicles

IP6-13 IPS16

IP6-9

U

GB

GB

GWJB201-8

OG

G

IP17-13

IP17-8

GB

R

IPS56

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

B

65

IP17-6

BB

G37BL(G36BL)

IP17-15

IP17-14

NRIP17-7

OY

IP17-5

RIP17-4

RIP17-11

GW

F1 10A

IP17-12

U

23

F4 10A

F2 15A

JB202-11U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

O

64 OJB172-5

IP53-6

IP53-2

BWIP53-8

BGIP53-1

BGIP53-3

BIP53-5

BRIP53-7

OYIP53-4

G36AL(G5AR)

G37BL(G36BL)

I

I

I

I

O

JB172-4

IP6-11

OYO

JB172-3

IP6-17

OOIP6-19

IP6-1

IP5-22

B

BOIP51-4

IIP6-23

BIP51-5

U07.1

GO

GW

JB202-5

JB202-6

24

13II

OY

GO

F29 20A

F30 20A

OY

GW

GBRC5-5

NRCA36-3 CA1-18

RC5-4 CA36-15 CA1-17

GB

NR

GB

NRI

O

U07.1

IP202-11

F48 7.5A

F47 7.5A

F55 7.5A

JB220-1

IP202-9

IP202-4

CA209-12

JB220-13

JB220-3

IP203-11

OY

OG

OY

OG07.1

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

JB129-21

GW

OY

OY

JBS37JB129-17

GWFBS3

GW

GW

OY07.1

IPS47

OYIP17-3

JB132-1 JB132-2

FB2-1 FB2-2

JB84-9

JB84-7

JB84-5

JB84-10JB84-1

FB1-1 FB1-2

FB3-1 FB3-2

JB98-1 JB98-2

FB4-1 FB4-2

JB85-9

JB85-7

JB85-5

JB85-1 JB85-10

GO

GB

IP25-1 IP25-2

OY

OY

OY

JB173-1

G11AR

G11AL

B

G14BL

B

G10AR

B

JBS55B

G10AL

BJBS54

B

B

B

B

G5AS(G37BL)

BOY

O

OG

O

OG

GW

JBS11

JB173-5

OG BFBS4

B

08.11

JB84-5 JB84-8

B

OY

JB84-9

JB84-7

JB84-10JB84-1

G11AL

B

JB85-5 JB85-8

G10AL

B

JB85-9

JB85-7

JB85-10JB85-1

B

SCP

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

B

JB129-7

IPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)

B

B

P

JB202-12JB129-18

GO B B

G14AL

JBS55

3

1

5

2

R11 4

JB202-10

GB

CA204-14

CA204-6

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

JB207-3

JB207-6

+

4R1

2

5

1

3

CA40-11

B

JB173-3

JB3-6

JB173-2

JBS56

B

B

IP5-3

BI

OYJBS1

OY

MAIN BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

LIGHTING MESSAGES

MAIN BEAM

FLASH

LH TURN

RH TURN

TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

HAZARD SWITCH

SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

FRONT FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG LAMPS

FRONT FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

AUTOLAMPS

AUTO (SENSOR)

DIP BEAM

MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH

AUTO HEADLAMPSSENSOR

REMOTEHEADLAMPS

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOGRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA,ESTATE / WAGON)

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

DIP BEAMRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

LH FRONT TURN REPEATER

LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

TURN

SIDE

DIP

MAIN

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

LH FRONTFOG LAMP

RH FRONTFOG LAMP

GLOVE BOX LAMP

NOTE: JBS11 – repeater only.

RH FRONT TURN REPEATER

RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

TURN

SIDE

DIP

MAIN

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

TURN

SIDE

MAIN

DIP

LH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *

* NOTE: HID Variant – V supplycircuits for all lamps unchanged.

TURN

SIDE

MAIN

DIP

RH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *

Page 98: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDIP BEAM RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R11

FOG LAMP – LH FRONT FB1 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE

FOG LAMP – RH FRONT FB3 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX

HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R1

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH FRONT FB2 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / LH SIDE

SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH FRONT FB4 2-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER / RH SIDE

TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – LH FRONT JB132 2-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT FENDER

TURN SIGNAL REPEATER – RH FRONT JB98 2-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT FENDER

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB173 10-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-09 HEADLAMP FLASH SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-11 MAIN BEAM SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

O IP6-13 MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOG RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

O JB172-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O JB172-04 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 99: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

IP6-13 IPS16

IP6-9

U

GB

GWJB201-8

OG

G

GB

B

OY

R

R

GW

F1 10A

U

23

F4 10A

F2 15A

JB202-11U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

O

64 OJB172-5

IP53-6

IP53-2

BWIP53-8

BGIP53-1

BGIP53-3

BIP53-5

BRIP53-7

OYIP53-4

G36AL(G5AR)

G37BL(G36BL)

I

I

I

I

O

JB172-4

IP6-11

OYO

JB172-3

IP6-17

OOIP6-19

IP6-1

IP5-22

B

BOIP51-4

IIP6-23

BIP51-5

U07.1

GO

JB202-5

JB202-6

24

13II

OY

GO

F29 20A

F30 20A

OY

GW

U07.1

IP202-11

F48 7.5A

F47 7.5A

F55 7.5A

JB221-1

IP202-9

IP202-4

CA209-12

JB220-13

JB220-3

IP203-11

OG

OY

OG07.1

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

JB129-21

GW

OY

OY

JBS37JB129-17

GWFBS3

GW

GW

OY07.1

IPS47

OY

JB132-1 JB132-2

FB2-1 FB2-2

JB84-9

JB84-7

JB84-5

JB84-10JB84-1

FB1-1 FB1-2

FB3-1 FB3-2

JB98-1 JB98-2

FB4-1 FB4-2

JB85-9

JB85-7

JB85-5

JB85-1 JB85-10

GO

GB

IP25-1 IP25-2

OY

OY

OY

JB173-1

G11AR

G11AL

B

G14BL

B

G10AR

B

JBS55B

G10AL

BJBS54

B

B

B

B

G5AS(G37BL)

BOY

O

OG

O

OG

GW

JBS11

JB173-5

OG BFBS4

B

JB84-5 JB84-8

G11AL

B

OY

JB84-9

JB84-7

JB84-10JB84-1

B

JB85-5 JB85-8

G10AL

B

JB85-9

JB85-7

JB85-10JB85-1

B

SCP

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

B

JB129-7

IPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)

B

B

P

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

I

JB202-12JB129-18

GO B B

G14AL

JBS55

3

1

5

2

R11 4

JB202-10

GB

OY

CA204-14

CA204-6

IP17-13

IP17-8

R

IP17-6

IP17-15

IP17-7

IP17-5

IP17-4

IP17-11

IP17-12GW

IP17-308.11

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

BB

G37BL(G36BL)

65

IP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

JB207-3

JB207-6

+

4R1

2

5

1

3

CA40-11

B

JB3-6

JB173-3

B

B

JB173-2

JBS56

IP5-3

BI

JBS1

OY

Exterior Lighting: Front – Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps Exterior Lighting: Front –Non Autolamps; Daytime Running Lamps Fig. 08.2

Non Autolamp Daytime Running Lamp Vehicles

MAIN BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

LIGHTING MESSAGES

MAIN BEAM

FLASH

LH TURN

RH TURN

TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

HAZARD SWITCH

SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

FRONT FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG LAMPS

FRONT FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

DIP BEAM

DIP BEAM

DIP BEAM

NON DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS

CANADA DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS

SCANDINAVIA DAYTIMERUNNING LAMPS

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

REMOTEHEADLAMPS

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

MAIN BEAM / FRONT FOGRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA,ESTATE / WAGON)

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

DIP BEAMRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

LH FRONT TURN REPEATER

LH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

TURN

SIDE

DIP

MAIN

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

LH FRONTFOG LAMP

RH FRONTFOG LAMP

GLOVE BOX LAMP

NOTE: JBS11 – repeater only.

RH FRONT TURN REPEATER

RH FRONT SIDE MARKER LAMP

TURN

SIDE

DIP

MAIN

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

TURN

SIDE

MAIN

DIP

LH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *

* NOTE: HID Variant – V supplycircuits for all lamps unchanged.

TURN

SIDE

MAIN

DIP

RH HEADLAMP UNIT(HID VARIANT) *

Page 100: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

REVERSE LAMPS RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R9

REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – 2.0 L D DL7 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / LH SIDE

SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / RH SIDE

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA129 12-WAY / GREY / REAR BUMPER HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELL

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-02 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

O CA87-04 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-01 REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

O IP11-03 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 101: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

GB

GB

OG

IP17-8

R

B

65

IP17-16

IP17-5

RIP17-4

R

IP17-9

GWIP17-10

WU

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

64 OJB172-5

IP53-2

BGIP53-1

BGIP53-3

BIP53-5

OYIP53-4

I

I

O

CA86-2

OYO

CA87-4

IP6-17

NRO

IP6-19

GB

IP6-1

IP5-22

B

BOIP51-4

IIP6-23

BIP51-5

GB

WU

07.1

IP202-11

F48 7.5A

F47 7.5A

F55 7.5A

CA208-4

CA208-11

IP202-9

CA209-12

CA204-14

CA204-6

IP203-11

OY

O

O

OG

07.1

CA86-5

B

G4AR

43II

SCP

GWCA1-21

GB GBEN85-02DL7-2 (2.0 L D)

EN85-01DL7-1 (2.0 L D)

46II

(MAN)

(AUTO)CAS26

GB

F2 10A

IP203-9

CA206-6

32II

18.1

GB

GB

OY

NR

GW

GWCAS80

O OTMS1

O

OY

O

NR GWPA3-1PA3-3

GWGWJB2-1 CA10-20

OG

BTM4-1 TM4-2

BTM5-1 TM5-2

CA137-3

CA137-7

CA137-1

CA137-2

CA137-6

BRB5-1 RB5-2

CA137-5

CA138-5

CA138-1

CA138-7

CA138-6

CA138-2

BRB6-1 RB6-2

CA138-3

BCA304-2 CA304-1

O

OY

CA45-1

CA45-2

TMS2

B

B

CAS9

B

B

G1AR

B

B

G2AL

GR

O

G38AS

CA1-22

19.1 GB

G36AL(G5AR)

G37BL(G36BL)

G5AS(G5AR)

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

B

B

CA129-7

G

Y20.120.2IP10-17

IP10-18

C

CCAN

OIP11-3

IP10-1

GBI (MAN)

CA10-6

GBJB145-4

JB1-3 (2.0 L D)

GB

OYCA129-6

CA129-10

O

OTL10-1

TL10-2

B

P

B

77 8

6

10

7

R9 9

CAS7551II

54II

2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D

2.0 L

OY

O

+

+

20.120.2

CAS61

B

G2AR

JBS4

GW

Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan Fig. 08.3

Sedan Vehicles

ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED

PARKING AID:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED) REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)

NOTE: Refer to Figure 07.1 for InstrumentCluster power supplies and grounds.

LIGHTING MESSAGES

LH TURN

RH TURN

TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

HAZARD SWITCH

SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

REVERSE LAMPSSWITCH

REVERSE LAMPSRELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMPUNIT

LH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP*

LH LICENSE PLATELAMP

RH LICENSE PLATELAMP

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMPUNIT

RH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP*

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP

* NOTE: Side Marker Lamps – NAS only.

Page 102: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationBRAKE ON / OFF SWITCH PA3 3-WAY / BLACK TOP OF BRAKE PEDAL

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HAZARD SWITCH IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – ESTATE (WAGON) WG6 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SPOILER

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT9 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT10 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

REVERSE LAMPS RELAY – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R9

REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – 2.0 L D DL7 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

REVERSE LAMPS SWITCH – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN85 2-WAY / BLACK TOP OF TRANSMISSION

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH IP53 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB2 16-WAY / GREEN / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS (PEDAL ASSEMBLY) BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / DRIVER SIDE

JB145 8-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

WG1 4-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ROOF / CENTER REAR

WL1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WT1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-02 LH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

O CA87-04 RH REAR TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

O IP5-22 TURN SIGNAL AUDIBLE WARNING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-17 LH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-19 RH TURN SIGNAL SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-23 HAZARD SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-01 REVERSE LAMP SWITCH: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

O IP11-03 REVERSE LAMPS RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 103: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) Fig. 08.4

Estate (Wagon) Vehicles

GB

GB

OG

IP17-8

R

B

65

IP17-16

IP17-5

RIP17-4

R

IP17-9

GWIP17-10

WU

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

64 OJB172-5

IP53-2

BGIP53-1

BGIP53-3

BIP53-5

OYIP53-4

I

I

O

CA86-2

UO

CA87-4

IP6-17

NRO

IP6-19

GB

IP6-1

IP5-22

B

BOIP51-4

IIP6-23

BIP51-5

GB

WU

07.1

IP202-11

F48 7.5A

F47 7.5A

F55 7.5A

CA208-4

CA208-11

IP202-9

CA209-12

CA204-14

CA204-6

IP203-11

R

U

O

OG

07.1

CA86-5

B

G4AR

43II

SCP

GWCA1-21

GB GBEN85-02EN85-01

46II

(MAN)

(AUTO)CAS26

GB

F2 10A

IP203-9

CA206-6

32II

18.1

GB

GB

U

NR

GW

GWCAS80

O OWTS3

O

OY

R

NR GWPA3-1PA3-3

GWGWJB2-1 CA10-20

BWT9-1 WT9-2

BWT10-1 WT10-2

CA137-5

CA137-2

CA137-7

CA137-6

CA137-1

CA137-3

CA138-5

CA138-2

CA138-7

CA138-6

CA138-1

CA138-3

BWG6-1 WG6-2

WL1-8

WTS1

B

G2CR

B

B

G1CR

GR

O

G50AS

CA1-22

19.1 GB

G36AL(G5AR)

G37BL(G36BL)

G5AS(G5AR)

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

B

BWT3-2

G

Y20.120.2IP10-17

IP10-18

C

CCAN

OIP11-3

IP10-1

GBI (MAN)

CA10-6

GBJB145-4

GB

R

OWT1-8

P

B

77 8

6

10

7

R9 9

CAS75

OY

RU

CA138-4

CA137-4

WL3-2

B

WG1-3

GW GWWG1-4

B

+

+

20.120.2

51II

54II

2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D

2.0 L

GWJBS4

BCAS29

G1CR

ELECTROCHROMIC MIRROR:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED

PARKING AID:REVERSE LAMPS ACTIVATED

(CIRCUITS CONTINUED)

REVERSE GEAR (AUTO)

NOTE: Refer to Figure 07.1 for InstrumentCluster power supplies and grounds.

LIGHTING MESSAGES

LH TURN

RH TURN

TURN SIGNALAUDIBLE WARNING

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

HAZARD SWITCH

SIDE LAMPS STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR FOG LAMPS

SIDE LAMPS

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

REVERSE LAMPSSWITCH

REVERSE LAMPSRELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

BRAKE ON / OFFSWITCH

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

SIDEMARKER *

LH TAIL LAMPUNIT

LH LICENSE PLATELAMP

RH LICENSE PLATELAMP

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

SIDEMARKER *

RH TAIL LAMPUNIT

* NOTE: Side Marker Lamps – NAS only.

HIGH-MOUNTSTOP LAMP

Page 104: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.5

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T5001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T5011 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA302 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP

TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST

Page 105: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan European Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan European Trailer Towing Fig. 08.5

Euro. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles

O

O

BTM4-1 TM4-2

BTM5-1 TM5-2

TT4-3

TT4-7

TT4-1

TT4-2

CA137-6

TT4-5

TT5-5

TT5-1

TT5-7

TT5-6

CA138-2

TT5-3

CA45-2TMS2

B

B

CAS9

B B

G1AR

B

TL10-2

B

TT2-4

OW

TT1-6

PY

TT1-3

BW

G

TT2-8

O

TT2-6

PY

TT2-3

BG

B

P

G

TT1-5

OW

TT2-5

O

TT3-8

R

TT3-10

R

TT3-3

U

TT3-4

RY

TT3-5

UR

TT3-9

O

TT3-2

P

TT3-7

OW

TT3-6

PO

TT3-1

NW

TT1-4

RW

TT1-1

W

TT2-1

GR

CA138-3

CA138-5

CA137-5

CA137-3

CA138-6

CA138-7

CA138-1

CA137-2

CA137-1

CA137-7

F100 20A T5020-1

GW

OY

GB

GW

NR

GB

GR

OY

O

O

I

I

TT1-2

P

I

I

I

I

S

O

O

O

O

O

ITT2-2

PO

TT4-6

TT5-2

N

G

NTT2-7

P

U

RY

UR

O

P

OW

NW

NW

P

P

P

B

B

T5011-10

T5011-9

T5011-1

T5011-2

T5011-4

T5011-5

T5011-6

T5011-7

T5011-8

T5011-3

T5011-11

T5011-13 T5S4

NWT5S3

NWNW

G2BLG2BR

O

O

O

O

O

O

OPO

R

NG

O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1

B

B

N

B

NGCA146-2

CA146-3

CA146-1

55

G1AR

BCAS9

T5S2NG10

I

T5S1NT5001-1

T5001-3

T5001-2

NG

N

B B

RT5020-2

P

08.3

08.3

CAS61

G2AR

B

OG BCA304-2 CA304-1

G38AS

REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR

TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR

IN-LINEFUSE

LH TURN

FOG

RH TURN

RH TAIL

STOP

LH TAIL

REVERSE

TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR

LH FOG

LH TURN

RH FOG

RH TURN

RH REVERSE

LH STOP

LH TAIL

LH REVERSE

RH STOP

RH TAIL

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

TRAILER TOWINGMODULE

PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMPUNIT

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMPUNIT

LH LICENSE PLATELAMP

RH LICENSE PLATELAMP

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP

Page 106: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.6

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T4001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

CARAVAN CONNECTOR T412S DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T312N DATA NOT AVAILABLE

TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA302 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP

TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

TT7 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST

Page 107: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan U.K. Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan U.K. Trailer Towing Fig. 08.6

U.K. Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles

O

O

BTM4-1 TM4-2

BTM5-1 TM5-2

TT4-3

TT4-7

TT4-1

TT4-2

CA137-6

TT4-5

TT5-5

TT5-1

TT5-7

TT5-6

CA138-2

TT5-3

B

B

TT2-4

OW

TT1-6

PY

TT1-3

BW

G

TT2-8

O

TT2-6

PY

TT2-3

BG

B

P

G

TT1-5

OW

TT2-5

O

TT3-8

R

TT3-10

R

TT3-3

U

TT3-4

RY

TT3-5

UR

TT3-9

O

TT3-2

P

TT3-7

OW

TT3-6

PO

TT3-1

NW

TT1-4

RW

TT1-1

W

TT2-1

GR

CA138-3

CA138-5

CA137-5

CA137-3

CA138-6

CA138-7

CA138-1

CA137-2

CA137-1

CA137-7

F100 20A T4020-1

GW

OY

GB

GW

NR

GB

GR

OY

O

O

I

I

TT1-2

P

I

I

I

I

S

O

O

O

O

O

ITT2-2

PO

TT4-6

TT5-2

N

G

NTT2-7

P

U

RY

UR

O

P

OW

NW

NW

P

P

P

B

B

T412S-4

T412S-6

T312N-1

T312N-2

T312N-4

T312N-5

T312N-6

T312N-7

T312N-3

T412S-3

T412S-7 T4S3

NWT3S2

NW

NW

G2BL

G2BR

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

R

NG

O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1

B

B

N

B

NGCA146-2

CA146-3

CA146-1

55

G1AR

BCAS9

T4S1NG10

I

T3S1NT4001-1

T4001-3

T4001-2

NG

N

B B

RT4020-2

P

T3001-1

T3001-3

T3001-2

NG

T4S2NN

TT7-1

POT412S-1

08.3

08.3CA45-2TMS2

B

B

CAS9

B B

G1AR

TL10-2

B

CAS61

G2AR

B

OG BCA304-2 CA304-1

G38AS

REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR

TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR

IN-LINEFUSE

REVERSE

LH TURN

CARAVANCONNECTOR

FOG

RH TURN

RH TAIL

STOP

LH TAIL

TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR

LH FOG

LH TURN

RH FOG

RH TURN

RH REVERSE

LH STOP

LH TAIL

LH REVERSE

RH STOP

RH TAIL

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

TRAILER TOWINGMODULE

PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMPUNIT

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMPUNIT

LH LICENSE PLATELAMP

RH LICENSE PLATELAMP

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP

Page 108: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.7

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T3001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – SEDAN CA304 2-WAY / WHITE REAR WINDOW

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: SEDAN TM5 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK LID

SIDE MARKER LAMP – LH REAR RB5 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / LH SIDE

SIDE MARKER LAMP – RH REAR RB6 2-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER / RH SIDE

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T6US1 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA129 12-WAY / GREY / REAR BUMPER HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS SPARE WHEEL WELLCA302

TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST

Page 109: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

O

O

BTM4-1 TM4-2

BTM5-1 TM5-2

TT4-3

TT4-7

TT4-1

TT4-2

CA137-6

TT4-5

TT5-5

TT5-1

TT5-7

TT5-6

CA138-2

TT5-3

B

B

TT2-4

OW

TT1-6

PY

TT1-3

BW

G

TT2-8

O

TT2-6

PY

TT2-3

BG

B

P

G

TT1-5

OW

TT2-5

O

TT3-8

R

TT3-10

R

TT3-3

Y

TT3-5

G

TT3-7

BW

TT3-1

W

TT1-4

RW

TT1-1

W

TT2-1

GR

CA138-3

CA138-5

CA137-5

CA137-3

CA138-6

CA138-7

CA138-1

CA137-2

CA137-1

CA137-7

GW

OY

GB

GW

NR

GB

GR

OY

O

O

I

I

TT1-2

P

I

I

I

I

S

O

O

O

O

OITT2-2

PO

TT4-6

TT5-2

N

G

NTT2-7

P

Y

G

BW

P

T6US1-3

T6US1-4

T6US1-2

T6US1-1

WT6S1

W

G2BL

O

O

O

O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1

B

B

N

B

NGCA146-2

CA146-3

CA146-1

55

G1AR

BCAS9

NG10I

T3S1NT3001-1

T3001-3

T3001-2

NG

N

B B

P

BRB5-1 RB5-2

BRB6-1 RB6-2

O

OY

RBS10

B

G2AL

BCA129-7

08.3

08.3

08.3

CA45-2TMS2

B

B

CAS9

B B

G1AR

TL10-2

B

CAS61

G2AR

B

OG BCA304-2 CA304-1

G38AS

Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan NAS Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear – Sedan NAS Trailer Towing Fig. 08.7

NAS Sedan Trailer Towing Vehicles

REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR

TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR

LH TURN AND STOP

RH TURN AND STOP

TAIL

TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR

LH FOG

LH TURN

RH FOG

RH TURN

RH REVERSE

LH STOP

LH TAIL

LH REVERSE

RH STOP

RH TAIL

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

TRAILER TOWINGMODULE

PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

LH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP

RH REAR SIDEMARKER LAMP

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMPUNIT

STOP

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMPUNIT

LH LICENSE PLATELAMP

RH LICENSE PLATELAMP

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP

Page 110: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.8

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T5001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – ESTATE (WAGON) WG6 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SPOILER

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT9 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT10 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T5011 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA302 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP

TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

WG1 4-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ROOF / CENTER REAR

WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL

Page 111: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

O

O BWT9-1 WT9-2

BWT10-1 WT10-2

TT4-5

TT4-2

TT4-7

TT4-6

CA137-1

TT4-3

TT5-5

TT5-2

TT5-7

TT5-6

TT5-1

TT5-3

WTS1

G2CR

B

B

G1CR

BWT3-2 WL3-2

B

GW

TT4-1

CA138-1

B

TT2-4

OW

TT1-6

PY

TT1-3

BW

G

TT2-8

O

TT2-6

PY

TT2-3

BG

B

P

G

TT1-5

OW

TT2-5

O

TT3-8

R

TT3-10

R

TT3-3

U

TT3-4

RY

TT3-5

UR

TT3-9

O

TT3-2

P

TT3-7

OW

TT3-6

PO

TT3-1

NW

TT1-4

RW

TT1-1

W

TT2-1

GR

CA138-3

CA138-5

CA137-3

CA137-5

CA138-6

CA138-7

CA138-2

CA137-6

CA137-7

CA137-2

F100 20A T5020-1

GW

U

GB

GW

NR

GB

GR

OY

O

R

I

I

TT1-2

P

I

I

I

I

S

O

O

O

O

O

ITT2-2

PO

N

G

NTT2-7

P

U

RY

UR

O

P

OW

NW

NW

P

P

P

B

B

T5011-10

T5011-9

T5011-1

T5011-2

T5011-4

T5011-5

T5011-6

T5011-7

T5011-8

T5011-3

T5011-11

T5011-13 T5S4

NWT5S3

NWNW

G2BLG2BR

O

O

O

O

O

O

OPO

R

NG

O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1

B

B

N

B

NGCA146-2

CA146-3

CA146-1

55

G2CL

BCAS28

T5S2NG10

I

T5S1NT5001-1

T5001-3

T5001-2

NG

N

B B

RT5020-2

P

08.4

08.4

WG6-1 WG6-2

G1CR

B

G50AS

WG1-4

BCAS29

B

Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) European Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear –Estate (Wagon) European Trailer Towing Fig. 08.8

European Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles

REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR

TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR

IN-LINEFUSE

LH TURN

FOG

RH TURN

RH TAIL

STOP

LH TAIL

REVERSE

TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR

LH FOG

LH TURN

RH FOG

RH TURN

RH REVERSE

LH STOP

LH TAIL

LH REVERSE

RH STOP

RH TAIL

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

TRAILER TOWINGMODULE

PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

LH TAIL LAMPUNIT

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMPUNIT

LH LICENSE PLATELAMP

RH LICENSE PLATELAMP

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP

Page 112: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.9

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – TRAILER TOWING T4001 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

CARAVAN CONNECTOR T412S DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP – ESTATE (WAGON) WG6 6-WAY / BLACK REAR SPOILER

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – LH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT9 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

LICENSE PLATE LAMP – RH: ESTATE (WAGON) WT10 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

TAIL LAMP UNIT – LH CA137 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

TAIL LAMP UNIT – RH CA138 7-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, RH REAR

TRAILER TOWING CONNECTOR T312N DATA NOT AVAILABLE

TRAILER TOWING MODULE TT1 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT2 DATA NOT AVAILABLETT3 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA302 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TRAILER HARNESS TRUNK / ADJACENT TO LH REAR TAIL LAMP

TT6 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

TT7 DATA NOT AVAILABLE

WG1 4-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ROOF / CENTER REAR

WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL

Page 113: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

TT4-5

TT4-2

TT4-7

TT4-6

CA137-1

TT4-3

TT5-5

TT5-2

TT5-7

TT5-6

TT5-1

TT5-3

G2CR

BTT4-1

CA138-1

B

TT2-4

OW

TT1-6

PY

TT1-3

BW

G

TT2-8

O

TT2-6

PY

TT2-3

BG

B

P

G

TT1-5

OW

TT2-5

O

TT1-4

RW

TT1-1

W

TT2-1

GR

CA138-3

CA138-5

CA137-3

CA137-5

CA138-6

CA138-7

CA138-2

CA137-6

CA137-7

CA137-2

GW

U

GB

GW

NR

GB

GR

OY

O

R

I

I

TT1-2

P

I

I

I

I

S

O

O

O

O

O

ITT2-2

PO

N

G

NTT2-7

P

O S S 18.1TT6-1 CA302-1

08.4

TT3-8

R

TT3-10

R

TT3-3

U

TT3-4

RY

TT3-5

UR

TT3-9

O

TT3-2

P

TT3-7

OW

TT3-6

PO

TT3-1

NW

F100 20A T4020-1

U

RY

UR

O

P

OW

NW

NW

P

P

P

B

B

T412S-4

T412S-6

T312N-1

T312N-2

T312N-4

T312N-5

T312N-6

T312N-7

T312N-3

T412S-3

T412S-7 T4S3

NWT3S2

NW

NW

G2BL

G2BR

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

R

NG

B

B

N

B

NGCA146-2

CA146-3

CA146-1

55

G2CL

BCAS28

T4S1NG10

I

T3S1NT4001-1

T4001-3

T4001-2

NG

N

B B

RT4020-2

P

T3001-1

T3001-3

T3001-2

NG

T4S2NN

TT7-1

POT412S-1

O

O BWT9-1 WT9-2

BWT10-1 WT10-2

WTS1

B

G1CR

BWT3-2 WL3-2

B

GW

08.4

BWG6-1 WG6-2

G50AS

WG1-4

B

G1CR

CAS29

B

Exterior Lighting: Rear – Estate (Wagon) U.K. Trailer Towing Exterior Lighting: Rear –Estate (Wagon) U.K. Trailer Towing Fig. 08.9

U.K. Estate (Wagon) Trailer Towing Vehicles

REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR

TRAILER TOWINGACCESSORYCONNECTOR

IN-LINEFUSE

REVERSE

CARAVANCONNECTOR

LH TURN

FOG

RH TURN

RH TAIL

STOP

LH TAIL

TRAILER TOWINGCONNECTOR

LH FOG

LH TURN

RH FOG

RH TURN

RH REVERSE

LH STOP

LH TAIL

LH REVERSE

RH STOP

RH TAIL

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

TRAILER TOWINGMODULE

PARKING AID: TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

LH TAIL LAMPUNIT

TAIL LAMP UNITCONNECTORS

STOP

TAIL

FOG

TURN

REVERSE

RH TAIL LAMPUNIT

LH LICENSE PLATELAMP

RH LICENSE PLATELAMP

HIGH-MOUNT STOP LAMP

Page 114: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 08.10

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAXLE SENSOR – FRONT JB140 6-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SUSPENSION

AXLE SENSOR – REAR HI1 6-WAY / BLACK LH REAR SUSPENSION

HEADLAMP LEVELING MODULE IP130 26-WAY / WHITE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

HEADLAMP UNIT – LH JB84 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

HEADLAMP UNIT – RH JB85 10-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA303 3-WAY GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO REAR AXLE HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

G11 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND LH HEADLAMP

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST

Page 115: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Headlamp Leveling Headlamp Leveling Fig. 08.10

Headlamp Leveling & HID Headlamp Vehicles

IP130-17

G

Y20.120.2IP130-2

IP130-3

OWR

Y

IP130-23

IP130-6

B

G37BL

BIPS68IP130-24

47II

I

C

C

DWIP130-5

20.3

WIP130-25

UIP130-11

UYIP130-7

I

WGIP130-10

RIP130-12

JB140-6

JB140-5

JB140-1

HI1-6

HI1-5

HI1-1

UY

WG

R

Y

W

U

UY

WG

R

JB130-17

JB130-1

JB130-22

CA1-15

CA1-12

CA1-10

CA303-3

CA303-2

CA303-1

IP130-19

O

IP130-16

O

IP130-18

O

IP130-15

O

IP130-21

O

IP130-22

O

IP130-20

O

JB84-3

JB84-2

JB84-6

JB84-4

JB85-3

JB85-2

JB85-6

JB85-4

JB130-12

BW BW

JB130-13

WU WU

JB130-14

B B

JB130-15

BG BG

JB130-8

RW RW

JB130-9

RU RU

JB130-10

R R

JB130-11

RG RG

B

O

O

P

GB

IP17-13

GB

IPS56

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

IP17-6

BB

G37BL(G36BL)

IP17-14

G

IP17-7

OY

OY

GW

GB

G

OY

OY

JBS37JB129-17IPS47

OYIP17-3

JB84-5 JB84-10

JB85-5 JB85-10

G11AL

B

G10AR

BGW

OY

OY07.1

08.1

08.1

UIP17-2

0123

UJB84-2

UJB85-2

JBS8CA1-1

UCA10-22

U

JB129-7

24

13II

F29 20A

F30 20A

3

1

5

2

R11 4

JB202-10

JB207-3

JB207-6

+

20.120.2

DIP BEAM STATUS(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

HEADLAMP LEVELING

DIP BEAM

MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH

AUTO HEADLAMPS

NOTE: IPS56 – Auto Headlamps only.

DIP BEAMRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

SERVOAMPLIFIER

DIP

LH HEADLAMP UNIT

DIP

SERVOAMPLIFIER

RH HEADLAMP UNIT

DRIVER–CONTROLLED HEADLAMP LEVELING

FRONT AXLESENSOR

REAR AXLESENSOR

HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE

HEADLAMPLEVELING

STEPPER MOTOR

LH HID HEADLAMP UNIT

HEADLAMPLEVELING

STEPPER MOTOR

RH HID HEADLAMP UNIT

AUTOMATIC HEADLAMP LEVELING

Page 116: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 09.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK

FOOTWELL LAMP – LH IP27 2-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

FOOTWELL LAMP – RH IP26 2-WAY / GREY INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

GLOVE BOX LAMP IP25 2-WAY / BROWN GLOVE BOX

INTERIOR LAMP – REAR RC11 2-WAY / BLACK REAR HEAD LINERRC20 1-WAY / ORANGE

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

TAIL GATE LATCH WT6 6-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

TAIL GLASS LATCH WT7 4-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

TRUNK LAMP – LH: ESTATE (WAGON) CA434 2-WAY / BLACK LH REAR INTERIOR TRIM

TRUNK LAMP – RH: ESTATE (WAGON) CA433 2-WAY / BLACK RH REAR INTERIOR TRIM

TRUNK LAMP – SEDAN CA132 2-WAY / BLACK TRUNK / RH SIDE

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID

VANITY MIRROR LAMP – LH RC9 2-WAY / BLACK LH SUN VISOR

VANITY MIRROR LAMP – RH RC8 2-WAY / BLACK RH SUN VISOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

WL1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WT1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-03 INTERIOR LAMPS : TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-15 TAIL GLASS RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 117: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Interior Lighting Interior Lighting Fig. 09.1

All Vehicles

OY

CA1-2

B

BK BK

CAS8

CA45-3

B

G4AL

CA86-3

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

O

64 OJB172-5

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

OYCA132-1 CA132-2

RC9-2 RC9-1

OY

IIP6-22

B

DD9-1

DD9-2

B R RCA15-20 CA1-7

IIP6-21

BPD9-1PD9-2

B R RCA20-20 CA1-5

ICA87-15BL6-1BL6-2

B YCA25-14

ICA86-18

BBR6-1BR6-2

B YCA30-14BRS4

B BCA30-3

CAS10B

G15AL

BBLS3

B BCA25-3

G4AL(G15AL)

PDS1B B

CA20-2

CAS10B

G15AL(G4AL)

DDS1B B

CA15-2

IP25-2 IP25-1G5AS

(G37BL)

BIPS66 (LHD)IPS68 (RHD)

B OY

BK

CA36-1

OY

IP27-1 IP27-2

BK

OY

IP26-1 IP26-2

BKCA1-6

TM6-4TM6-3TMS2

G1AR

CA45-2CAS9B B B

IPS13

RC23-3RC30-3*

RC23-9RC30-1*

RC23-1RC30-2*

RC11-1

RC20-1

RC11-2

BK

BK

BK

OY

OY

RC8-2 RC8-1

B

B

B

B

OY

OYBRCS1CA36-16CAS10

G15AL

BB

08.1

TL10-2

BTL10-3

OY

DD3-5

DD3-7

BCA86-16CA16-5

G

BCA86-14CA16-6

U

I

I

CA86-5

B

G4AR

P

B

CA240-2

B BRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

BB BRCS1CA36-16CAS10

G15AL

CAS55R

CAS10B

B71

B72

B69

B70

B67

B68

B75

GW OYCA434-2 CA434-1

B75

GW OYCA433-2 CA433-1

B76

GWCAS20

GWGWWL1-1WT1-1WTS2

GWWT6-4

WT6-2

WT6-3

GWWT7-2

WT7-3

WT7-1

B

BWTS1WT3-2

BWL3-2

BB

G2AL

+

CA40-11

B

08.2

IP5-3

B I

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD vehicles only.

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD vehicles only.

NOTE: BLS3 – PoweredRear Windows only.

NOTE: BRS4 – PoweredRear Windows only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

SET

RESET

DRIVER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS55 – Memory Seat Vehicles only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

PASSENGER DOORLATCH

DOOR AJARSWITCH

LH REAR DOORLATCH

DOOR AJARSWITCH

RH REAR DOORLATCH

RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA,ESTATE / WAGON)

TRUNKSWITCH

AJAR SWITCH

TRUNKLOCK MOTOR

TAIL GATE LATCH

AJAR SWITCH

TAIL GLASS LATCH

KEY BARREL

INTERIORLIGHTINGCONTROL

REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

GLOVE BOX LAMP

FRONT EXTERIORLIGHTING

LH FOOTWELLLAMP

RH FOOTWELLLAMP

MAP LAMP 1

FRONTINTERIOR LAMP

MAP LAMP 2

ROOF CONSOLE

* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

REAR INTERIOR LAMP

LH VANITY MIRRORLAMP

RH VANITY MIRRORLAMP

TRUNK LAMP (SEDAN)

LH TRUNK LAMP (ESTATE / WAGON)

RH TRUNK LAMP (ESTATE / WAGON)

Page 118: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 09.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

CIGAR LIGHTER IP42 2-WAY / ORANGE ASH TRAY

CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP39 4-WAY / GREYIP101 26-WAY / WHITEIP135 2-WAY / GREY

DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING

DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR CASING

DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PD10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING

DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR CASING

HAZARD AND SEAT HEATER SWITCHES IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE

MASTER LIGHTING SWITCH IP17 16-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

STEERING WHEEL SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAY / METALLICIP137 2-WAY / METALLICIP138 2-WAY / METALLICIP139 2-WAY / METALLIC

TRACTION CONTROL / DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SWITCH IP29 6-WAY / BLACK INSTRUMENT PANEL

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G35 CA LOWER LH ‘E’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G38 CA UPPER LH ‘E’ POST

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

Page 119: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Dimmer-Controlled Lighting Fig. 09.2

All Vehicles

RC23-1RC23-10

BR1-8BR1-4 CAS59

IP17-8

R

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

65

IP17-6

BB

G37BL(G36BL)

IP17-1

O

YGSW4-4

YGSW4-3

SW3-4

SW5-1

O

B

SWS1

BJB129-14 JB1-24IP34-5 IP34-6SWS2

O

O

B YGO

PWM O

IPS4

G

O

O

O

DD1-14DD1-8

IP29-5IP29-6

IP14-2IP14-3

IP65-1IP65-17

IP70-12IP70-9

IP101-20

IP11-8IP11-21

IP51-5IP51-6

IP42-1IP110-1

G

G

G

G

G

IPS21

O

O

O

BL1-8BL1-4

PD10-8PD10-4

O

CAS11

CA1-9

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

O

OCA36-4

CA30-11

CA15-16

CA25-11

CA20-16

BW

BW

PDS1

G4AL(G15AL)

BBCA20-2

DDS1B

G15AL(G4AL)

BBCA15-2

CAS10B

G15AL

BBBCA36-16RCS1

G36ALG5AL)

G36AL(G5AR)

B

B

G37AL(G36BL)

IP101-15

CAS10B

B

IPS68B

G37BL

B

G37AR

B

G37BR

B

G37BR

B

IPS68B

G37BL

B

G

DD1-5BW BW

CA15-7CA30-7

CA25-7

BW

BW

O

SW3-3

SW5-2

B

B

(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D)

(2.0 L) BJBS55

G14AL

03.2 03.6

CAS10B

SIDE LAMPS

MASTER LIGHTINGSWITCH

RH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

LH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

CASSETTE

IN-CAR ENTERTAINMENTSWITCH ILLUMINATION

SPEED CONTROLSWITCH ILLUMINATION

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

HAZARD, SEAT HEATERSWITCHES

CIGAR LIGHTER

ROOF CONSOLE

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

REAR WINDOWISOLATE CIRCUIT

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

ECM GROUND

CLIMATE CONTROLMODULE (PANEL)

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

AUDIO UNIT

J-GATE MODULE

TRACTION CONTROL SWITCHOR

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROLSWITCH

Page 120: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 10.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD5 22-WAY / GREY DRIVER DOOR

DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD4 22-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR

DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING

FOLD BACK MODULE – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

Page 121: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Non Memory Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Non Memory Fig. 10.1

Non Memory Vehicles

B

DD5-4

B

CA16-16

DD1-3 (LHD)DD1-4 (RHD)

DD1-14

CA208-2

DDS1B

G15AL(G4AL)

G15AL

DD5-2

YR

DD5-6

PD4-4

GW

PD4-2

YR

PD4-6

U

LH

RH

CA15-2

B

O

O

O

O

GW

YR

U

N

YR

WR

GW

YR

U

DDS2

DD1-18 (LHD)DD1-17 (RHD)

DD1-4 (LHD)DD1-3 (RHD)

DD1-16

DD1-17 (LHD)DD1-18 (RHD)

CA21-14CA16-14

CA21-13CA16-13

CA21-15CA16-15

GWDD1-15

62II

CAS10B

BDD1-14DDS1

B

G15AL(G4AL)

CA15-2

B RDD1-11CAS10

B R

71

CA208-3

CA208-9 CA208-5

UCAS46 CA21-17

U U

CAS64 CA21-11

W W

CA16-17

U U

CA16-11

W W

DD5-16

DD5-15

PD4-16

PD4-15

I O

O W

N

O

K

N

O

K

U

W

U

W

B

P

B

PBCAS10

DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

COMMON

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

DRIVERDOOR MIRROR

PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR

DOOR MIRRORS: FOLD-BACK

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK

FOLD BACKMODULE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

DRIVERDOOR MIRROR

PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR

NOTE: Refer to Figure 06.3 for Mirror Heaters.

Page 122: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 10.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR MIRROR – DRIVER DD5 22-WAY / GREY DRIVER DOOR

DOOR MIRROR – PASSENGER PD4 22-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR

DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING

SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACKDM3 16-WAY / BLACKDM4 8-WAY / BLUEDM5 8-WAY / GREEN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDSGround Harness Location

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Driver Seat Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicC DM1-02 CAN -

I DM1-05 LH DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL

I DM1-06 LH DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL

I DM1-07 RH DOOR MIRROR UP / DOWN MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL

I DM1-08 RH DOOR MIRROR LEFT / RIGHT MOVEMENT SWITCH SIGNAL

I DM1-09 DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT SWITCHES COMMON

C DM1-12 CAN +

O DM1-14 DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT / HEATERS DRIVE

I DM1-20 MIRRORS FOLD BACK SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

B+ DM2-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DM2-03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

B+ DM2-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+

PG DM2-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ DM2-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 123: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Memory Door Mirrors: Movement; Fold-Back – Memory Fig. 10.2

Memory Vehicles

B

CA16-16

DD1-3

DD1-14DDS1B

G15AL(G4AL)

DM1-14

PD4-12

PD4-20

PD4-13

LH

RH

CA15-2

B

O

O

O

O

GB

WR

YR

N

N

WR

DD1-18

DD1-4

DD1-16

DD1-17 CA16-12

CA15-4

CA15-19

GWDD1-15

62II

CAS10B

BDD1-14DDS1

B

G15AL(G4AL)

CA15-2

B RDD1-11CAS10

B RDM1-20

YR

R

Y

B

B

P

CA16-14

CA16-15

LH

RH

WR

YR

N

N

WR

CA431-9

CA431-7

CA431-5

CA431-3

CA431-2

WR

YR

N

N

WR

DM1-6

DM1-5

DM1-7

DM1-8

DM1-9

I

I

I

I

I

1

2

3

DD5-12

DD5-20

DD5-13

R

Y

B

39

40 GB

OCA431-4

CA21-15

CA16-19

YR

YR

YR

YR

B

B

I

I

P

P

DDS1B

G15AL(G4AL)

CA15-2

BCAS10

B B

PDS1B

G4AL(G15AL)

CA20-2

BCAS10

B B

B

B

B

41

51

39II

GBDM2-4

OGDM2-1

GBDM2-6

P

BDM2-3

BDM2-5CA65-16 DMS1

BBCAS8 (LHD)

CAS10 (RHD)

B

G4AL(G15AL)

O

B

B

B

41

51

39II

GBDM2-4

OGDM2-1

GBDM2-6

P

BDM2-3

BDM2-5CA65-16 DMS1

BBCAS8 (LHD)

CAS10 (RHD)

B

G4AL(G15AL)

ICA431-6

DM1-14

PD4-12

PD4-20

PD4-13

GB

YR

R

Y

B

DD5-12

DD5-20

DD5-13

R

Y

B

39

40 GB

CA431-4

CA21-15

CA16-19

YR

YR

YR

YR

B

B

I

I

P

P

DDS1B

G15AL(G4AL)

CA15-2

BCAS10

B B

PDS1B

G4AL(G15AL)

CA20-2

BCAS10

B B

R

DM1-2

GDM1-12

YC

C

20.1 20.2

+

20.1 20.2

DM1-2

GDM1-12

YC

C

20.1 20.2

+

20.1 20.2

DOOR MIRROR MOVEMENT

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

COMMON

DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

SET

MEMORYSWITCHES

DRIVER SEAT MODULE

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

DRIVERDOOR MIRROR

PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR

DOOR MIRRORS: FOLD BACK

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DRIVER DOORSWITCH PACK

DRIVER SEAT MODULE

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

DRIVERDOOR MIRROR

PASSENGERDOOR MIRROR

NOTE: Refer to Figure 06.3 for Mirror Heaters.

Page 124: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 11.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DD9 2-WAY / BLACK

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – DRIVER DM10 3-WAY / WHITE DRIVER SEAT

SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACKDM3 16-WAY / BLACKDM4 8-WAY / BLUEDM5 8-WAY / GREEN

SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS – DRIVER DM7 4-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEATDM8 4-WAY / GREYDM9 4-WAY / GREYML12 4-WAY / GREY

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA413 12-WAY / BLACK / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS INSTRUMENT PANEL

DM6 4-WAY / GREY / DRIVER SEAT HARNESS TO LINK LEAD HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Driver Seat Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicC DM1-02 CAN -

C DM1-12 CAN +

B+ DM2-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

SG DM2-03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

B+ DM2-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+

PG DM2-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ DM2-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I DM2-07 DRIVER DOOR AJAR SWITCH SIGNAL: OPEN CIRCUIT WHEN ACTIVATED

PG DM2-10 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I DM3-01 DRIVER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE POSITION SIGNAL

SG DM3-02 DRIVER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE POSITION SIGNAL GROUND

I DM3-03 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN POSITION SIGNAL

SG DM3-04 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN POSITION SIGNAL GROUND

I DM3-05 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN POSITION SIGNAL

SG DM3-06 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN POSITION SIGNAL GROUND

I DM3-07 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SIGNAL

SG DM3-08 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT POSITION SIGNAL GROUND

O DM4-01 DRIVER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE MOTOR DRIVE

O DM4-02 DRIVER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE MOTOR DRIVE

O DM4-03 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE

O DM4-04 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE

O DM4-05 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE

O DM4-06 DRIVER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE

O DM4-07 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE

O DM4-08 DRIVER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE

O DM5-01 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVE

O DM5-02 DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 125: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

DM4-5

O YB

DM4-6

O OG

1

2

3

B

B

B

41

51

39II

GBDM2-4

OGDM2-1

GBDM2-6

P

BDM2-3

BDM2-5

CA65-16 DMS1BB

CAS8 (LHD)CAS10 (RHD)

B

G4AL(G15AL)

DM8-1

DM8-2

DM8-4

DM8-3

OGYB WG U

H H HH

DM7-1

DM7-2

DM7-4

DM7-3

YGRW WB OY

ML12-3

ML12-1

ML12-2

ML12-4

WRYR WR YU

DM9-1

DM9-2

DM9-4

DM9-3

WURW Y YG

DM3-5

WG

DM3-6

U

DM4-3

O RW

DM4-4

O YG

DM3-3

WB

DM3-4

OY

DM4-8

O RW

DM4-7

O WU

DM3-7

Y

DM3-8

YG

DM4-1

O YR

DM4-2

O WR

DM3-1

WR

DM3-2

YU

I

I

I

I

DM6-2

DM6-1

DM6-4

DM6-3

DM10-3

DM10-1

BDM10-2

DM5-1

O WG

DM5-2

O YG

B B BDMS1 CA65-16 CAS8 (LHD)

CAS10 (RHD)G4AL(G15AL)

PBDM2-10

IDM2-7

BDD9-1DD9-2

B R RCA15-20 CA413-12CAS10

B

G15AL(G4AL)

BDDS1

B BCA15-2

RCAS55

DM1-2

GDM1-12

Y C

C –

+20.120.2

20.120.2

Powered Seat: Driver – Memory Powered Seat: Driver – Memory Fig. 11.1

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

DRIVER DOORLATCH

SET

MEMORYSWITCHES

DRIVER SEAT MODULE

DRIVER SEAT MOTORS AND POSITION SENSORS

DRIVER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

Memory Vehicles

Page 126: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 11.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT LUMBAR PUMP – PASSENGER PM19 3-WAY / WHITE PASSENGER SEAT

SEAT MODULE – PASSENGER PM2 10-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACKPM4 8-WAY / BLUEPM5 8-WAY / GREEN

SEAT MOTORS – PASSENGER PM6 2-WAY / RED PASSENGER SEATPM7 2-WAY / REDPM8 2-WAY / BLACKPM9 2-WAY / RED

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Passenger Seat Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ PM2-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I PM2-02 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL

B+ PM2-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+

PG PM2-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ PM2-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

PG PM2-10 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O PM4-01 PASSENGER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE MOTOR DRIVE

O PM4-02 PASSENGER SEAT BACK RECLINE / INCLINE MOTOR DRIVE

O PM4-03 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE

O PM4-04 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION REAR UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE

O PM4-05 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE

O PM4-06 PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION FRONT UP / DOWN MOTOR DRIVE

O PM4-07 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE

O PM4-08 PASSENGER SEAT FORE / AFT MOTOR DRIVE

O PM5-01 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVE

O PM5-02 PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP DRIVE

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 127: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Powered Seat: Passenger – Memory Powered Seat: Passenger – Memory Fig. 11.2

Memory Vehicles

PM4-6

O YB

PM4-5

O WB

B

B

B

42

34

38II

WUPM2-4

OYPM2-1

GBPM2-6

P

BPM2-3

BPM2-5

CA70-16 PMS1BB

CAS8 (LHD)CAS10 (RHD)

B

G4AL(G15AL)

WBYBWRYU WRYRWGYG

PM4-4

O YU

PM4-3

O WR

PM4-8

O YG

PM4-7

O WG

PM4-2

O YR

PM4-1

O WR

PM19-3

PM19-1

BPM19-2

PM5-1

O WG

PM5-2

O YG

B B BPMS1 CA70-16 CAS8 (LHD)

CAS10 (RHD)G4AL(G15AL)

PM8-2

PM8-1

PM9-2

PM9-1

PM7-2

PM7-1

PM6-2

PM6-1

PBPM2-10

PASSENGER SEAT MODULE

PASSENGER SEAT MOTORS

PASSENGER SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

Page 128: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 11.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationLUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT

LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT SEAT

SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / NATURAL RH FRONT SEATRS4 2-WAY / REDRS5 2-WAY / BLACKRS6 2-WAY / RED

SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / NATURAL LH FRONT SEATLS4 2-WAY / REDLS5 2-WAY / BLACKLS6 2-WAY / RED

SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

Page 129: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement Powered Seats: 8-Way Movement Fig. 11.3

8-Way Powered Seat Vehicles

B

YBLS1-4

LS5-2

LS5-1

WBYB

LS4-2

LS4-1

WGYG

LS2-2

LS2-1

WRYU

LS6-2

LS6-1

WRYR

WB

YG

WG

YU

WR

YR

WR

LS1-5

LS1-3

LS1-11

LS1-9

LS1-8

LS1-7

LS1-12

LS1-6

OG51

WG

YG

LS16-7

LS16-1

LS16-2

OG52

LS19-3

LS19-1

LS19-2

WBRS1-4

RS5-2

RS5-1

YBWB

RS4-2

RS4-1

YGWG

RS2-2

RS2-1

YUWR

RS6-2

RS6-1

YRWR

YB

WG

YG

WR

YU

WR

YR

RS1-5

RS1-3

RS1-11

RS1-9

RS1-8

RS1-7

RS1-12

RS1-6

OY34

YG

WG

RS16-7

RS16-1

RS16-2

OY35

RS19-3

RS19-1

53 36

BLS1-1

CA65-16

B

B

B

LSS1

B

G15AL(G4AL)

LS16-6

CAS10 (LHD)CAS8 (RHD)

BLS16-3

BRS19-2

BRS1-1

CA70-16

B

B

B

RSS1

B

G4AL(G15AL)

RS16-6

CAS8 (LHD)CAS10 RHD)

BRS16-3

B B

P P

NOTE:

51 – Non Lumbar seat.53 – Lumbar seat.

LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK

LH LUMBAR SWITCH PACK

LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

NOTE: LSS1 – Lumbarseats only.

NOTE:

34 – Non Lumbar seat.36 – Lumbar seat.

RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

RH SEAT SWITCH PACK

RH LUMBAR SWITCH PACK

RH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

NOTE: RSS1 – Lumbarseats only.

NOTE: Powered Lumbar circuit and components – Powered Lumbar seats only.

Page 130: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 11.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationLUMBAR SWITCH PACK – RH LS16 7-WAY / BLACK RH FRONT SEAT

LUMBAR SWITCH PACK – LH RS16 7-WAY / BLACK LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – LH LS19 3-WAY / WHITE LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT LUMBAR PUMP – RH RS19 3-WAY / WHITE RH FRONT SEAT

SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – RH RS2 2-WAY / NATURAL RH FRONT SEATRS4 2-WAY / REDRS5 2-WAY / BLACKRS6 2-WAY / RED

SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS – LH LS2 2-WAY / NATURAL LH FRONT SEATLS4 2-WAY / REDLS5 2-WAY / BLACKLS6 2-WAY / RED

SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

Page 131: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

B

LS4-2

LS4-1

WGYG

LS2-1

LS2-2

WRYU

YG

WG

YU

WR

LS1-3

LS1-11

LS1-9

LS1-8

LS1-6

OG51

WG

YG

LS16-7

LS16-1

LS16-2

OG52

LS19-3

LS19-1

LS19-2

RS4-2

RS4-1

YGWG

RS2-1

RS2-2

YUWR

WG

YG

WR

YU

RS1-3

RS1-11

RS1-9

RS1-8

RS1-6

OY34

YG

WG

RS16-7

RS16-1

RS16-2

OY35

RS19-3

RS19-1

53 36

BLS1-1

CA65-16

B

B

B

LSS1

B

G15AL(G4AL)

LS16-6

CAS10 (LHD)CAS8 (RHD)

BLS16-3

BRS19-2

BRS1-1

CA70-16

B

B

B

RSS1

B

G4AL(G15AL)

RS16-6

CAS8 (LHD)CAS10 RHD)

BRS16-3

B B

P P

Powered Seats: 4-Way Movement Powered Seats: 4-Way Movement Fig. 11.4

4-Way Powered Seat Vehicles

NOTE:

51 – Non Lumbar seat.53 – Lumbar seat.

LH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK

LH LUMBAR SWITCH PACK

LH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

NOTE: LSS1 – Lumbarseats only.

NOTE:

34 – Non Lumbar seat.36 – Lumbar seat.

RH SEAT SWITCH PACK

RH SEAT MOVEMENT MOTORS

RH LUMBAR SWITCH PACK

RH SEAT LUMBAR PUMP

NOTE: RSS1 – Lumbarseats only.

NOTE: Powered Lumbar circuit and components – Powered Lumbar seats only.

Page 132: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 11.5

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT MOTOR – LH LS10 2-WAY / RED LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT MOTOR – RH RS10 2-WAY / RED RH FRONT SEAT

SEAT SWITCH PACK – LH LS1 12-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT SWITCH PACK – RH RS1 12-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

Page 133: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement Powered Seats: 2-Way Movement Fig. 11.5

2-Way Powered Seat Vehicles

LS10-1

LS10-2

YGWG

WG

YG

LS16-7

LS16-1

LS16-2

OG51

CA65-16

BB BLSS1

B

G15AL(G4AL)

LS16-6 CAS10 (LHD)CAS8 (RHD)

BLS16-3

G4AL(G15AL)

RS10-1

RS10-2

WGYG

YG

WG

RS16-7

RS16-1

RS16-2

OY34

CA70-16

BB BRSS1

BRS16-6 CAS8 (LHD)

CAS10 (RHD)

BRS16-3

LH SEAT SWITCH PACK

LH SEAT MOTOR

RH SEAT SWITCH PACK

RH SEAT MOTOR

Page 134: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 11.6

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT BACK HEATER – DRIVER DM11 4-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT

SEAT BACK HEATER – PASSENGER PM10 4-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SEAT

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – DRIVER DM11 4-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – PASSENGER PM10 4-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SEAT

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – DRIVER: LHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – DRIVER: RHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – PASSENGER: LHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – PASSENGER: RHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACKDM3 16-WAY / BLACKDM4 8-WAY / BLUEDM5 8-WAY / GREEN

SEAT MODULE – PASSENGER PM2 10-WAY / GREY PASSENGER SEAT SWITCH PACKPM4 8-WAY / BLUEPM5 8-WAY / GREEN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Driver Seat Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ DM2-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I DM2-02 DRIVER SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL

SG DM2-03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

B+ DM2-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+

PG DM2-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ DM2-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

O DM2-08 DRIVER SEAT HEATER STATE

O DM2-09 DRIVER SEAT HEATER STATE

PG DM2-10 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O DM5-03 DRIVER SEAT HEATER DRIVE

I DM5-04 DRIVER SEAT HEATER GROUND

I DM5-07 DRIVER SEAT HEATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL

SG DM5-08 DRIVER SEAT HEATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND

Passenger Seat Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ PM2-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I PM2-02 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER SWITCH SIGNAL

SG PM2-03 SIGNAL GROUND: GROUND

B+ PM2-04 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY II: B+

PG PM2-05 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ PM2-06 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

O PM2-08 PASSENGER SEAT HEATED STATE

O PM2-09 PASSENGER SEAT HEATED STATE

PG PM2-10 POWER GROUND: GROUND

O PM5-03 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER DRIVE

I PM5-04 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER GROUND

I PM5-07 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL

SG PM5-08 PASSENGER SEAT HEATER TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL GROUND

Page 135: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Seat Heaters: Memory Seat Heaters: Memory Fig. 11.6

DM2-10

B P

G4AL(G15AL)

BCAS8 (LHD)

CAS10 (RHD)

B BDMS1CA65-16

DM2-5

BDM2-3

B

P

DM2-6

GB

DM2-1

OG

DM2-4

GB B

B

B

IP51-2 (LHD)IP56-2 (RHD)

CA240-7

IP51-5

B

W W

G36AL(G5AR)

CA65-10

W

IP51-3 (LHD)IP56-3 (RHD)

CA240-1

R RCA65-17

R

IP51-1 (LHD)IP56-1 (RHD)

CA240-6

U UCA65-18

U

DM2-2

I

DM2-9

O

DM2-8

O

IP56-2 (LHD)IP51-2 (RHD)

CA240-4

IP51-5

B

W WCA70-10

W

IP56-3 (LHD)IP51-3 (RHD)

CA240-5

R RCA70-17

R

IP56-1 (LHD)IP51-1 (RHD)

CA240-3

U UCA70-18

U

PM2-2

I

PM2-9

O

PM2-8

O

G36AL(G5AR)

DM5-3

O

DM11-4

N

DM5-4

I

DM11-2

W

GW

U

DM5-7

I

DM5-8

PM5-3

O

PM5-4

I

PM5-7

I

PM5-8

DM11-1

DM11-3

PM10-4

N

PM10-2

R

GW

W

PM10-1

PM10-3

41

51

39II

B

B

B

42

34

38II

WUPM2-4

OYPM2-1

GBPM2-6

P

BPM2-3

BPM2-5

CA70-16 PMS1BB

CAS8 (LHD)CAS10 (RHD)

B

G4AL(G15AL)

PBPM2-10

STATE

DRIVERSEAT HEATER

SWITCH

DRIVER SEAT MODULE

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

DRIVERSEAT CUSHION HEATER

DRIVERSEAT BACK HEATER

STATE

PASSENGERSEAT HEATER

SWITCH

PASSENGER SEAT MODULE

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

PASSENGERSEAT CUSHION HEATER

PASSENGERSEAT BACK HEATER

Memory Vehicles

Page 136: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 11.7

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationSEAT BACK HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT BACK HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – LH LS7 4-WAY / GREY LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT CUSHION HEATER – RH RS7 4-WAY / GREY RH FRONT SEAT

SEAT HEATER MODULE – LH LS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW LH FRONT SEAT

SEAT HEATER MODULE – RH RS13 12-WAY / GREY BELOW RH FRONT SEAT

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH: LHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – LH: RHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH: LHD IP56 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT HEATER SWITCH – RH: RHD IP51 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

Page 137: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

IP51-2 (LHD)IP56-2 (RHD)

CA240-7

IP51-5

B

W W

G36AL(G5AR)

LS13-6

O

OG

GBLS13-12

LS13-5

LS13-1

BLS7-4

N

CA65-10

W

IP51-3 (LHD)IP56-3 (RHD)

CA240-1

R RCA65-17

R

IP51-1 (LHD)IP56-1 (RHD)

CA240-6

U UCA65-18

U

37

39II

LS13-8

I

LS13-7

I

LS13-10

O

LS13-9

O

LS7-3

W

GB

B

LS13-3

I

LS13-4

IP56-2 (LHD)IP51-2 (RHD)

CA240-4

IP51-5

B

W WRS13-6

O

OY

GBRS13-12

RS13-5

CA70-10

W

IP56-3 (LHD)IP51-3 (RHD)

CA240-5

R RCA70-17

R

IP56-1 (LHD)IP51-1 (RHD)

CA240-3

U UCA70-18

U

38

38II

RS13-8

I

RS13-7

I

RS13-10

O

RS13-9

O

RS13-3

I

RS13-4

LS7-1

LS7-2

LSS1 CA65-16 CAS10 (LHD)CAS8 (RHD)

B B B

G15AL(G4AL)

RS13-1

BRSS1 CA70-16 CAS8 (LHD)

CAS10 (RHD)

B B B

G4AL(G15AL)

RS7-4

W

RS7-3

N

GW

B

RS7-1

RS7-2

G36AL(G5AR)

B

B

P

P

B

B

Seat Heaters: Non Memory Seat Heaters: Non Memory Fig. 11.7

STATE

LH SEAT HEATERSWITCH

LH SEAT HEATERMODULE

NOTE: LSS1 – 8-way; 2-way;Lumbar only.

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

LH CUSHION HEATER

LH SEAT BACK HEATER

STATE

RH SEAT HEATERSWITCH

RH SEAT HEATERMODULE

NOTE: RSS1 – 8-way; 2-way;Lumbar only.

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

RH CUSHION HEATER

RH SEAT BACK HEATER

Heated Seat Vehicles

Page 138: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 12.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-04 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND

O CA87-02 TRUNK / TAIL GATE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O CA87-03 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O CA87-05 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

O IP5-01 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA

O IP5-05 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-16 TRUNK / TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 139: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Central Door Locking: Sedan – Double Locking Central Door Locking: Sedan – Double Locking Fig. 12.1

U B

BCA1-4

CA45-2

IP5-5

TM8-2TM8-1

TMS2

U

G1AR

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

60 OYJB172-1

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

IIP6-22

BDD9-1DD9-2

B R RCA15-20 CA1-7

ICA87-15 BL6-1 BL6-2

BYCA25-14 CAS10

B

G15AL

BBLS3

BBCA25-3

CAS10B

G15AL(G4AL)

B

DDS1B B

CA15-2

R

IP18-5

IP18-4

I

II

III

3

BIP6-8

I

IIP6-21

R RCA20-20 CA1-5

G4AL(G15AL)

PDS1B

CA20-2

ICA86-18 BR6-1 BR6-2

BYCA30-14 CAS8

B

G4AL

BBRS4

BBCA30-3

B BCAS9

B

CA45-6

BOTM6-3TM6-1

NTM6-5

NCA45-5

OCA45-4

UCA1-11

CA87-2

O

I

ICA86-22

IP5-16

O

BBR3-2CA30-8

CA87-5

BBL3-2CA25-8

BBL3-1

BBL3-3

BBR3-1

BBR3-3

CA25-9

CA25-10

CA30-10

CA30-9

WB

WB

YB

YB

YB

YB

B

DD3-6

DD3-2

DD3-1

DD3-3

DD3-8

DD3-4

DD3-5

DD3-7

BB

OCA16-20

WG WG

BCA86-16CA16-5

G

BCA86-14CA16-6

U

I

I

I

I

CA86-19

O

CA87-16

WCAS74

CAS73BCA16-9

BCA16-8

O

W

BCA16-7

BCA16-10 CA87-3

OYB

CA86-4

OYBCAS2

CAS1

YB

YB

B

BPD9-1PD9-2

BB

PD3-6

PD3-8

PD3-4

PD3-5

PD3-7

BB

B

B

B

B

PD3-3

PD3-1

PD3-2

CA21-7

CA21-9

CA21-8

CA21-20

CA20-18

CA1-8

YB

O

W

WB

YB

OIP5-1

WB

TL10-6

U

TL10-5

TL10-4

WTM6-2TMS3

TL10-2

BO

N

GOIP18-1 IP132-1

IP132-3

IP132-2

IPS45

GOGR

IP10-13

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP10-22

IP10-23

S

S

SCP

IP11-7

OG

G37AL(G36BL)

B70IP11-8

B P

B

P

I

RCAS55

CAS10B B

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

+

+

CA40-11

B

IP5-3

BI

NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed,the ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH

INERTIA SWITCH

VEHICLE SPEED;EMERGENCY UNLOCK

VEHICLEIMPACT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

ACTUATORSWITCHES

LOCK

UNLOCK

SET

RESET

DRIVER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

ACTUATORSWITCHES

LOCK

UNLOCK

DOOR AJARSWITCH

PASSENGER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.

REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK

LOCK /UNLOCK

UNLOCK

LOCK

DOUBLELOCK

KEY BARREL

UNLOCK

UNLOCK

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA)

NOTCONNECTED

TRUNK RELEASESWITCH

TRUNK AJARSWITCH

TRUNK LOCKMOTOR

DOOR AJARSWITCH

ACTUATORSWITCHES

LH REAR DOORLATCH

ACTUATORSWITCHES

DOOR AJARSWITCH

RH REAR DOORLATCH

NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.

NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.

Double Locking Sedan Vehicles

Page 140: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 12.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID

TRUNK RELEASE SWITCH TM8 2-WAY / WHITE TRUNK LID

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND

O CA87-02 TRUNK / TAIL GATE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O CA87-03 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O CA87-05 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

O IP5-01 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA

O IP5-05 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-16 TRUNK / TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 141: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Central Door Locking: Sedan – Non Double Locking Central Door Locking: Sedan – Non Double Locking Fig. 12.2

U B

BCA1-4

CA45-2

IP5-5

TM8-2TM8-1

TMS2

U

G1AR

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

60 OYJB172-1

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

IIP6-22

BDD9-1DD9-2

B R RCA15-20 CA1-7

ICA87-15 BL6-1 BL6-2

BYCA25-14 CAS10

B

G15AL

BBLS3

BBCA25-3

CAS10B

G15AL(G4AL)

B

DDS1B B

CA15-2

R

IP18-5

IP18-4

I

II

III

3

BIP6-8

I

IIP6-21

R RCA20-20 CA1-5

G4AL(G15AL)

PDS1B

CA20-2

ICA86-18 BR6-1 BR6-2

BYCA30-14 CAS8

B

G4AL

BBRS4

BBCA30-3

B BCAS9

B

CA45-6

BOTM6-3TM6-1

NTM6-5

NCA45-5

OCA45-4

UCA1-11

CA87-2

O

I

ICA86-22

IP5-16

O

BBR3-2CA30-8

CA87-5

BBL3-2CA25-8

BBL3-1

BBR3-1

CA25-9

CA30-9

WB

WB

YB

YB

B

DD3-6

DD3-2

DD3-1

DD3-8

DD3-4

DD3-5

DD3-7

BB

OCA16-20

WG WG

BCA86-16CA16-5

G

BCA86-14CA16-6

U

I

I

I

I

CA86-19

O

CA87-16

WCAS74

CAS73BCA16-9

BCA16-8

O

W

BCA16-10 CA87-3

OYBCAS1YB

BPD9-1PD9-2

BB

PD3-6

PD3-8

PD3-4

PD3-5

PD3-7

BB

B

B

B

BPD3-1

PD3-2

CA21-9

CA21-8

CA20-18

CA21-10

CA1-8

O

W

WB

YB

OIP5-1

WB

TL10-6

U

TL10-5

TL10-4

WTM6-2TMS3

TL10-2

BO

N

GOIP18-1 IP132-1

IP132-3

IP132-2

IPS45

GOGR

IP10-13

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP10-22

IP10-23

S

S

SCP

IP11-7

OG

G37AL(G36BL)

B70IP11-8

B P

B

P

I

RCAS55

CAS10B B

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

+

+

CA40-11

B

IP5-3

BI

NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed,the ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH

INERTIA SWITCH

VEHICLE SPEED;EMERGENCY UNLOCK

VEHICLEIMPACT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

LOCK

UNLOCK

SET

RESET

DRIVER DOORLATCH

LOCK

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

UNLOCK

DOOR AJARSWITCH

PASSENGER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.

REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK

LOCK /UNLOCK

UNLOCK

LOCK

KEY BARREL

UNLOCK

UNLOCK

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA)

TRUNK RELEASESWITCH

NOTCONNECTED TRUNK AJAR

SWITCH

TRUNK LOCKMOTOR

DOOR AJARSWITCH

LH REAR DOORLATCH

DOOR AJARSWITCH

RH REAR DOORLATCH

NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.

NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.

Non Double Locking Sedan Vehicles

Page 142: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 12.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INERTIA SWITCH IP132 3-WAY / BLACK LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

TAIL GATE LATCH WT6 6-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH WT4 2-WAY / WHITE TAIL GATE

TAIL GLASS LATCH WT7 4-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

TAIL GLASS RELEASE SWITCH WG2 2-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST / A POST TRIM

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

WG1 4-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ROOF / CENTER REAR

WL1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WT1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G50 CA HEADLINER / RH REAR ROOF PANEL

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicO CA86-04 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – DOUBLE LOCKING: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I CA86-14 RESET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-15 TAIL GLASS RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I CA86-19 LOCK SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND

O CA87-02 TRUNK / TAIL GATE LOCK MOTOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O CA87-03 CENTRAL LOCKING MOTORS DRIVE – LOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O CA87-05 CENTRAL LOCKING REAR MOTORS DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

O IP5-01 PASSENGER DOORS LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O IP5-05 DRIVER DOOR LOCK MOTOR DRIVE – UNLOCK: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I IP5-16 TRUNK / TAIL GATE RELEASE SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Pin Description and CharacteristicI IP10-13 EMERGENCY UNLOCK: B+ WHEN ACTIVATED

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-07 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 143: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

G B

BCA1-4 IP5-5

WT4-2WT4-1

WTS1

G

G1CR

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

60 OYJB172-1

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

IIP6-22

BDD9-1DD9-2

B R RCA15-20 CA1-7

ICA87-15 BL6-1 BL6-2

BYCA25-14 CAS10

B

G15AL

BBLS3

BBCA25-3

CAS10B

G15AL(G4AL)

B

DDS1B B

CA15-2

R

IP18-5

IP18-4

I

II

III

3

BIP6-8

I

IIP6-21

R RCA20-20 CA1-5

G4AL(G15AL)

PDS1B

CA20-2

ICA86-18 BR6-1 BR6-2

BYCA30-14 CAS8

B

G4AL

BBRS4

BBCA30-3

WL1-4

R

WT6-2

WT6-1

UWT6-3

UWL1-3

RWL1-2

GCA169-3

CA87-2

O

I

ICA86-22

IP5-16

O

BBR3-2CA30-8

CA87-5

BBL3-2CA25-8

BBL3-1

BBL3-3

BBR3-1

BBR3-3

CA25-9

CA25-10

CA30-10

CA30-9

WB

WB

YB

YB

YB

YB

B

DD3-6

DD3-2

DD3-1

DD3-3

DD3-8

DD3-4

DD3-5

DD3-7

BB

OCA16-20

WG WG

BCA86-16CA16-5

G

BCA86-14CA16-6

U

I

I

I

I

CA86-19

O

CA87-16

WCAS74

CAS73BCA16-9

BCA16-8

O

W

BCA16-7

BCA16-10 CA87-3

OYB

CA86-4

OYBCAS2

CAS1

YB

YB

B

BPD9-1PD9-2

BB

PD3-6

PD3-8

PD3-4

PD3-5

PD3-7

BB

B

B

B

B

PD3-3

PD3-1

PD3-2

CA21-7

CA21-9

CA21-8

CA21-20

CA20-18

CA1-8

YB

O

W

WB

YB

OIP5-1

WB

WT1-4

G

WT1-3

WT1-2

R

UGO

IP18-1 IP132-1

IP132-3

IP132-2

IPS45

GOGR

IP10-13

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP10-22

IP10-23

S

S

SCP

IP11-7

OG

G37AL(G36BL)

B70IP11-8

B P

B

P

I

RCAS55

CAS10B B

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

WT6-4

BWG1-1

WWT7-4

GBWT7-1

GBCA170-13

WWL1-5

RW

IP6-2

O

I

IIP5-15

CA86-15 WG2-1

RW

WL1-6

WT1-5

W

GBWT7-2

CA169-4

W

JB3-1

GBWT1-6

B

BWT7-3

WG2-2 WG1-2

B B B

B

WT3-2 WL3-2

+

+

CA40-11

B

G50AS

CAS29B

Central Door Locking: Estate (Wagon) Central Door Locking: Estate (Wagon) Fig. 12.3

Estate (Wagon)s Vehicles

NOTE: Drive-Away Door Locking occurs when all doors are closed,the ignition is switched to II or III and the vehicle speed exceeds 7 k/ph (4 mph).

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH

INERTIA SWITCH

VEHICLE SPEED;EMERGENCY UNLOCK

VEHICLEIMPACT

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

ACTUATORSWITCHES

LOCK

UNLOCK

SET

RESET

DRIVER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

ACTUATORSWITCHES

LOCK

UNLOCK

DOOR AJARSWITCH

PASSENGER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.

REMOTELOCK / UNLOCK

LOCK /UNLOCK

LOCK /UNLOCK

UNLOCK

LOCK

DOUBLELOCK

KEY BARREL

UNLOCK

UNLOCK

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

RF MODULE

TAIL GATE AJARSWITCH

TAIL GATELATCH

TAIL GATERELEASE SWITCH

TAIL GLASS AJARSWITCH

TAIL GLASSLATCH

TAIL GLASSRELEASE SWITCH

DOOR AJARSWITCH

ACTUATORSWITCHES

LH REAR DOORLATCH

ACTUATORSWITCHES

DOOR AJARSWITCH

RH REAR DOORLATCH

NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.

NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.

Page 144: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 12.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HOOD SECURITY SWITCH JB81 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RH FRONT SUSPENSION TURRET

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INCLINATION SENSOR CA190 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

SECURITY INDICATOR IP29 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE SL3 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

SECURITY SOUNDER – PASSIVE SL1 1-WAY / ORANGE LH FRONT OF VEHICLESL2 1-WAY / ORANGE

TRUNK LOCK MOTOR TM6 5-WAY / NATURAL TRUNK LID

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA45 6-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIM

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB79 6-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO SECURITY SOUNDER LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

TL10 6-WAY / GREY / TRUNK LINK LEAD TO TRUNK LID HARNESS BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicC EN65-088 CAN -

C EN65-089 CAN +

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D

Pin Description and CharacteristicC DL1-054 CAN +

C DL1-073 CAN -

Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicC EN16-123 CAN -

C EN16-124 CAN +

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I CA86-17 INCLINATION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+

I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

O CA86-20 INCLINATION AND INTRUSION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+

I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND

I CA86-23 INTRUSION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+

O CA87-01 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA

O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

I IP6-10 AUDIO UNIT PRESENCE SENSE: GROUND WHEN RADIO INSTALLED

I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

O JB172-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O JB172-04 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

D JB172-18 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I JB172-21 HOOD AJAR: HOOD OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; HOOD CLOSED = GROUND

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicO IP10-02 SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

D IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND

O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 145: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Security: Sedan Security: Sedan Fig. 12.4

B BJB81-1JB81-2JBS55

B

G14BL

CA86-17

64 OJB172-5

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

60 OYJB172-1

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

TM6-1

NTM6-5

NCA45-5

ICA86-22

CAS8B

G4AL

IIP6-22

BDD9-1DD9-2

B R RCA15-20 CA1-7

IIP6-21

BPD9-1PD9-2

B R RCA20-20 CA1-5

ICA87-15BL6-1BL6-2

B YCA25-14

ICA86-18

BBR6-1BR6-2

B YCA30-14BRS4

B BCA30-3

CAS10B

G15AL

BBLS3

B BCA25-3

G4AL(G15AL)

PDS1B B

CA20-2

CAS10B

G15AL(G4AL)

DDS1B B

CA15-2

BTM6-3TMS2

G1AR

CA45-2CAS9B B B

IJB172-21

IP11-13

YU

OIP10-4IP15-4

S

SIP10-23

IP10-2220.3

20.3U

Y

WGIP10-3IP15-3

IP10-5IP15-2

IP15-1

G

IP11-8

G37AL(G36BL)

D

D

B

GIP10-6

B

G

Y20.120.2IP10-17

IP10-18

C

C

B

G11AR

O

UJB79-6

UJB79-4

JB79-5

UJB172-18

6

CA87-1

OSL2-1

SL1-1

JB79-1

B

O

BOIP5-14

O

O

IP65-8

R

CA190-4

G

CA190-6

Y

RC23-6RC33-1*

Y

RC23-7RC33-4*

W WB*

IP6-10

I

B

G1AR

CAS9

CA86-20

I

YCA36-11

CA36-10CA86-23

I W

CA190-5

B

RC23-1RC33-2*

BRCS1

BCAS10

BBCA36-16

G15AL

OCA170-12

JBS56B

D

JB172-4

OYO

JB172-3

OO

08.208.1

08.208.1

WDRC23-8RC33-3*

20.3

IP29-1IP10-2

OYOIP29-5

B

G37BL

BIPS68

WTM6-2TMS3

BTL10-2

TL10-5

N

B

P

EN16-123EN65-88 (2.0L)DL1-073 (2.0L D)

EN16-124EN65-89 (2.0L)DL1-054 (2.0L D)

Y

GC

C 20.220.1

BIP6-8

IRIP18-5IP18-4

3 B

B

B

P

IP65-1

B

G37AR

1I

B

P

CAS10B

B

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

19.1

SL3-3

SL3-2

SL3-1

B

U

U

+

+

+

+

20.220.1 20.120.2

RCAS55

CA40-11

B

IP5-3

BI

NOTE: ECM power suppliesand grounds shown onFigures 03.1, 03.3 and 03.5.

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

PATS

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

PASSIVEANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

SECURITY INDICATOR

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

DRIVER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

PASSENGER DOORLATCH

NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

LH REAR DOORLATCH

NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

RH REAR DOORLATCH

NOTCONNECTED TRUNK AJAR

SWITCH

TRUNK LOCKMOTOR

HOOD SECURITYSWITCH

REMOTESECURITY

SECURITYCONTROL

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

RF MODULE(JAPAN, S. KOREA)

INCLINATION SENSOR

INTRUSIONSENSOR

ROOF CONSOLE

* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SECURITYGROUND SENSING

AUDIO UNIT

TURN SIGNAL FLASH

SOUND HORNS

PASSIVESECURITY SOUNDER

ACTIVESECURITY SOUNDER

NOTE: Check market specification and / or vehicle optionspecification for fitment of the following security components:• Inclination Sensor• Intrusion Sensor• Passive Security Sounder• Active Security Sounder

Sedan Vehicles

Page 146: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 12.5

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

DOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOORDD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – LH REAR BL3 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOORBL6 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – PASSENGER PD3 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOORPD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR LATCH – RH REAR BR3 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOORBR6 2-WAY / BLACK

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HOOD SECURITY SWITCH JB81 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO RH FRONT SUSPENSION TURRET

IGNITION SWITCH IP18 7-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

INCLINATION SENSOR CA190 6-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM TRANSCEIVER IP15 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN, IGNITION SWITCH

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

SECURITY INDICATOR IP29 6-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLE

SECURITY SOUNDER – ACTIVE SL3 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND FRONT LH WHEEL ARCH LINER

SECURITY SOUNDER – PASSIVE SL1 1-WAY / ORANGE LH FRONT OF VEHICLESL2 1-WAY / ORANGE

TAIL GATE LATCH WT6 6-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

TAIL GLASS LATCH WT7 4-WAY / BLACK TAIL GATE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB79 6-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO SECURITY SOUNDER LINK LEAD BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

WL1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WT1 8-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicC EN65-088 CAN -

C EN65-089 CAN +

Engine Control Module – 2.0 L D

Pin Description and CharacteristicC DL1-054 CAN +

C DL1-073 CAN -

Engine Control Module – 2.5 L, 3.0 L

Pin Description and CharacteristicC EN16-123 CAN -

C EN16-124 CAN +

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I CA86-17 INCLINATION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+

I CA86-18 RH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

O CA86-20 INCLINATION AND INTRUSION SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+

I CA86-22 TRUNK LID AJAR / TAIL GATE AJAR: OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; CLOSED = GROUND

I CA86-23 INTRUSION SENSOR SENSE: ALARM TRIGGERED = GROUND; ALARM NOT TRIGGERED = B+

O CA87-01 PASSIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

I CA87-15 LH REAR DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I IP5-15 TAIL GLASS AJAR: GLASS OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; GLASS CLOSED = GROUND

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-08 KEY-IN IGNITION SWITCH: B+ WHEN KEY IN

I IP6-10 AUDIO UNIT PRESENCE SENSE: GROUND WHEN RADIO INSTALLED

I IP6-21 PASSENGER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

I IP6-22 DRIVER DOOR AJAR: DOOR OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; DOOR CLOSED = GROUND

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

O JB172-03 RH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

O JB172-04 LH FRONT TURN SIGNAL: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

D JB172-18 ACTIVE SECURITY SOUNDER DRIVE: ENCODED COMMUNICATIONS

I JB172-21 HOOD AJAR: HOOD OPEN = OPEN CIRCUIT; HOOD CLOSED = GROUND

Instrument Cluster

Pin Description and CharacteristicO IP10-02 SECURITY INDICATOR DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, IC SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

D IP10-03 PATS 1: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

D IP10-04 PATS 2: ENCODED COMMUNICATION

I IP10-05 PATS GROUND: GROUND

O IP10-06 PATS TRANSCEIVER POWER: B+

C IP10-17 CAN +

C IP10-18 CAN -

S IP10-22 SCP +

S IP10-23 SCP -

I IP11-08 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I IP11-13 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 147: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Security: Estate (Wagon) Security: Estate (Wagon) Fig. 12.5

B BJB81-1JB81-2JBS55

B

G14BL

CA86-17

64 OJB172-5

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

S

60 OYJB172-1

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

CAS8B

G4AL

IIP6-22

BDD9-1DD9-2

B R RCA15-20 CA1-7

IIP6-21

BPD9-1PD9-2

B R RCA20-20 CA1-5

ICA87-15BL6-1BL6-2

B YCA25-14

ICA86-18

BBR6-1BR6-2

B YCA30-14BRS4

B BCA30-3

CAS10B

G15AL

BBLS3

B BCA25-3

G4AL(G15AL)

PDS1B B

CA20-2

CAS10B

G15AL(G4AL)

DDS1B B

CA15-2

IJB172-21

IP11-13

YU

OIP10-4IP15-4

S

SIP10-23

IP10-2220.3

20.3U

Y

WGIP10-3IP15-3

IP10-5IP15-2

IP15-1

G

IP11-8

G37AL(G36BL)

D

D

B

GIP10-6

B

G

Y20.120.2IP10-17

IP10-18

C

C

B

G11AR

O

UJB79-6

UJB79-4

JB79-5

UJB172-18

6

CA87-1

OSL2-1

SL1-1

JB79-1

B

O

BOIP5-14

O

O

IP65-8

R

CA190-4

G

CA190-6

Y

RC23-6RC33-1*

Y

RC23-7RC33-4*

W WB*

IP6-10

I

B

G2CL

CAS28

CA86-20

I

YCA36-11

CA36-10CA86-23

I W

CA190-5

B

RC23-1RC33-2*

BRCS1

BCAS10

BBCA36-16

G15AL

OCA170-12

JBS56B

D

JB172-4

OYO

JB172-3

OO

08.208.1

08.208.1

WDRC23-8RC33-3*

20.3

IP29-1IP10-2

OYOIP29-5

B

G37BL

BIPS68

B

P

EN16-123EN65-88 (2.0L)DL1-073 (2.0L D)

EN16-124EN65-89 (2.0L)DL1-054 (2.0L D)

Y

GC

C 20.220.1

BIP6-8

IRIP18-5IP18-4

3 B

B

B

P

IP65-1

B

G37AR

1I

B

P

CAS10B

B

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

19.1

SL3-3

SL3-2

SL3-1

B

U

U

WTS1

G1CR

WT6-2 UWT6-3

UWL1-3

ICA86-22WT1-3

UWT6-4

GBWT7-1

GBCA170-13

IIP5-15WL1-6

GBWT7-2

JB3-1

GBWT1-6

B

BWT7-3

BB BWT3-2WL3-2 GB

+

+

+

+

20.120.220.220.1

RCAS55

CA40-11

B

NOTE: ECM power suppliesand grounds shown onFigures 03.1, 03.3 and 03.5.

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

PATS

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFTSYSTEM TRANSCEIVER

PASSIVEANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

SECURITY INDICATOR

KEY-IN

IGNITION SWITCH

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

DRIVER DOORLATCH

NOTE: CAS55 – Memory vehicles only.

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

PASSENGER DOORLATCH

NOTE: BLS3 – Powered Rear Windows only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

LH REAR DOORLATCH

NOTE: BRS4 – Powered Rear Windows only.

DOOR AJARSWITCH

RH REAR DOORLATCH

TAIL GATE AJARSWITCH

TAIL GATE LATCH

TAIL GLASS AJARSWITCH

TAIL GLASS LATCH

HOOD SECURITYSWITCH

REMOTESECURITY

SECURITYCONTROL

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

RF MODULE

INCLINATION SENSOR

INTRUSIONSENSOR

ROOF CONSOLE

* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

SECURITYGROUND SENSING

AUDIO UNIT

TURN SIGNAL FLASH

SOUND HORNS

PASSIVESECURITY SOUNDER

ACTIVESECURITY SOUNDER

NOTE: Check market specification and / or vehicle optionspecification for fitment of the following security components:• Inclination Sensor• Intrusion Sensor• Passive Security Sounder• Active Security Sounder

Estate (Wagon) Vehicles

Page 148: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 13.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationGENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE

CA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

POWERWASH PUMP JB65 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

POWERWASH PUMP RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R8

WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP JB109 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R4

WIPER MOTOR – FRONT JB63 BASE OF WINDSHIELD / LH SIDE

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY IP16 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationJB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I IP5-04 INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5†– 4 kΩ; 2 = 4†– 14 kΩ; 3 = 14†– 24 kΩ; 4 = 24†– 34 kΩ; 5 = 34†– 43 kΩ; 6 = 43†– 57 kΩS IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

O IP5-21 WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-04 INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-05 FRONT WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

I JB172-02 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

O JB172-23 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 149: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Wash / Wipe: Front Wash / Wipe: Front Fig. 13.1

IP16-4 IP5-21

WG WGJB129-8

WGJBS19

GW

JB172-23

O

60 OY

64 OJB172-1

JB172-5

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

IP6-5

GR I

IP5-4

GU I

IP6-4

W I

GU

JB172-2

WB

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

IP16-6

IP16-3

BB

20II

IP16-2

GRIPS22

IP16-8

WBJB3-8

WB

IP16-1

GU

IP16-10

W

IP16-7

WBJB3-14

WB

IP16-9

WGJB3-7

WG

O

I

JB109-2JB109-1

JB63-5

JB63-2 G14BR

BJB65-2JB65-1

WB

JB63-1

JB63-3

JB63-4

B

GW

WG

WB

JBS26

GRJB3-11

GR

WG

WB

WB

12II

25 OY BJBS54

G10AL

JB130-19

WG

G37BL(G36BL)

B

B

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

SSCP

P

GWF24 20A

GW 18II

14II

F24 30A

3

2

R8

1

5

4

JB205-1

JB208-1

26II

5

2

R4

1

3

4

F8 30A

JB202-2

JB204-1

JB204-4

GR

JBS75GR

13.3

JB220-14 IP203-10

19II

WG

IPS58

13.2

WG

+

FLICK WIPE

WASHER

FAST WIPE

INTERMITTENTWIPE

INTERMITTENT SELECT

WIPER PARK

SLOW WIPE

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY

RAIN SENSINGMODULE

NOTE: Headlamp Powerwashenabled when Side Lamps on.

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

WASH / WIPECONTROL

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

POWERWASH PUMPRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

POWERWASHPUMP

HIGH SPEED

LOW SPEED

RUN

PARK

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

NOTE: JBS75 – Estate / Wagon only.

WINDSHIELD WASHERPUMP

REAR WASH

WINDSHIELDWIPER MOTOR

RELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Non Rain Sensing Vehicles

Page 150: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 13.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationGENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE

CA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

POWERWASH PUMP JB65 2-WAY / GREY BEHIND RH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

POWERWASH PUMP RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R8

RAIN SENSING MODULE CA6 12-WAY / BLACK BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

RAIN SENSOR RC15 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND REAR VIEW MIRROR

WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP JB109 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR RELAY – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R4

WIPER MOTOR – FRONT JB63 BASE OF WINDSHIELD / LH SIDE

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY IP16 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB130 22-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G10 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND RH HEADLAMP

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I IP5-04 INTERMITTENT WIPE INTERVAL: 1 = 0.5†– 4 kΩ; 2 = 4†– 14 kΩ; 3 = 14†– 24 kΩ; 4 = 24†– 34 kΩ; 5 = 34†– 43 kΩ; 6 = 43†– 57 kΩS IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

O IP5-21 WINDSHIELD WIPER RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, CIRCUIT SWITCHED TO GROUND

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-04 INTERMITTENT WIPE: B+ WHEN SELECTED

I IP6-05 FRONT WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

I JB172-02 WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

O JB172-23 POWER WASH PUMP RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 151: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Wash / Wipe: Front with Rain Sensing Wash / Wipe: Front with Rain Sensing Fig. 13.2

IP16-4 IP5-21

WG WGJB129-8

WGJBS19

GW

JB172-23

O

60 OY

64 OJB172-1

JB172-5

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

IP6-5

GR I

IP5-4

GU I

IP6-4

W I

GU

JB172-2

WB

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

IP16-6

IP16-3

BB

20II

IP16-2

GRIPS22

IP16-8

WBJB3-3

WB

IP16-1

GU

IP16-10

W

IP16-7

WBJB3-14

WB

IP16-9

WG

CA230-15

WG

O

I

JB109-2JB109-1

JB63-5

JB63-2 G14BR

BJB65-2JB65-1

WB

JB63-1

JB63-3

JB63-4

B

GW

WG

WB

JBS26

GRJB3-11

GR

WG

WB

WB

12II

25 OY BJBS54

G10AL

JB130-19

WG

G37BL(G36BL)

B

B

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

SSCP

P

GWF24 20A

GW 18II

14II

F24 30A

3

2

R8

1

5

4

JB205-1

JB208-1

26II

5

2

R4

1

3

4

F8 30A

JB202-2

JB204-1

JB204-4

GR

JBS75GR

13.3

JB220-14 IP203-10

19II

WG

CA6-1

O

WR

U

CA6-6

CA6-8

CA6-12

B

G15AR

IWCA6-10

GCA6-9

RC15-3

O

RC15-2

RC15-1

CA40-3

CA40-2

CA40-1

U

W

G

ICA6-7

ICA6-4

ICA6-11

ICA6-5

CA6-3

O

CA6-2

O

WG

WB

GU

WB

GR

CA10-10

CA1-16

GU

CA10-21

WB

WG

CA10-1

WG

CA10-9

WB

CA1-20

GR

P

B

JBS40

IPS23

WG

IPS58

WG

13.1

37II

B

P

+

JBS49

FLICK WIPE

WASHER

FAST WIPE

INTERMITTENTWIPE

INTERMITTENT SELECT

WIPER PARK

SLOW WIPE

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY

NON RAIN SENSINGWIPER SWITCH

RAIN SENSOR

RAIN SENSINGMODULE

NOTE: Headlamp Powerwashenabled when Side Lamps on.

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

WASH / WIPECONTROL

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

POWERWASH PUMPRELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

POWERWASHPUMP

HIGH SPEED

LOW SPEED

RUN

PARK

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

NOTE: JBS75 – Estate / Wagon only

WINDSHIELD WASHERPUMP

REAR WASH

WINDSHIELDWIPER MOTOR

RELAY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Rain Sensing Vehicles

Page 152: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 13.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationGENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE

CA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – – PASSENGER COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / LH SIDE

WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP JB109 ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH FRONT

WIPER MOTOR – REAR WT5 TAIL GATE

WIPER MOTOR RELAY – REAR – – PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX – R3

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY IP16 10-WAY / GREY STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA169 4-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER A POST / A POST TRIM

WL3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE LINK LEAD ROOF / CENTER REAR

WT3 3-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO TAIL GATE HARNESS TAIL GATE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

I IP5-02 REAR WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+

I IP5-03 ESTATE (WAGON): REAR WIPER SWITCH: B+ WHEN SELECTED

O IP5-17 REAR WIPER MOTOR RELAY DRIVE: TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCH CIRCUIT TO GROUND

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I IP6-05 FRONT WASHER SWITCH: WASHER ON = GROUND; WASHER OFF = B+

I IP6-12 REAR WIPER MOTOR PARK SWITCH: PARKED = GROUND; NOT PARKED = B+

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

B+ JB172-05 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (TURN SIGNALS): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 153: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Wash / Wipe: Rear Wash / Wipe: Rear Fig. 13.3

IP5-3

GWIP5-17

O

60 OY

64 OJB172-1

JB172-5

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

CA86-5

B

G4AR

IP6-5

I

I

IP5-2

I

IP6-12

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

IP16-6

IP16-3

BB

20II

IP16-2

IP16-8

IP16-1

IP16-10

IP16-7

IP16-9

I

G37BL(G36BL)

B

B

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

SSCP

P

IP16-4

IP16-5

U

G GIPS80

13.2 G

OIPS78

O

U

JB109-2JB109-1

GR

GB

NR

B

33II

G

F24 20A

GW

F5 20A

IP203-14

CA208-9

CA208-7

GRJBS75 JB220-14

IP203-10

JB220-7 F23 20A

IP203-8

O

GR

13.113.2

785

2

R3

1

3

4

CAS10

B

G15AL

WT5-1

G1CR

WT5-2

BWT5-3 WTS1

B B BWT3-2 WL3-2

NR NR

WL3-3

WT3-3

WT3-1WL3-1

WU WU WU WUCA169-2

+

GRCA1-20

REAR WIPER

FLICK WIPE(INTERNAL SWITCH FUNCTION)

FRONT WASHER

REAR WASHER

FAST WIPE

INTERMITTENTWIPE

INTERMITTENT SELECT

WIPER PARK

SLOW WIPE

WIPER SWITCH ASSEMBLY

RAIN SENSING MODULE

NOTE: Headlamp Powerwashenabled when Side Lamps on.

SIDE LAMPS STATUS

WASH / WIPECONTROL

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

RUN

PARK

REAR WIPER MOTOR

REARWIPER MOTOR

RELAY

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

FRONT WASH

WINDSHIELD WASHERPUMP

NOTE: Washer Pump runs in reversefor Rear Window wash.

PASSENGER JUNCTION FUSE BOX

Estate (Wagon) Vehicles

Page 154: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 14.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DD9 2-WAY / BLACK

DOOR SWITCH PACK – DRIVER DD1 20-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR CASING

DOOR SWITCH PACK – LH REAR BL1 8-WAY / BLACK LH REAR DOOR CASING

DOOR SWITCH PACK – PASSENGER PD10 8-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER DOOR CASING

DOOR SWITCH PACK – RH REAR BR1 8-WAY / BLACK RH REAR DOOR CASING

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

WINDOW MOTOR – DRIVER DD2 8-WAY / GREY DRIVER DOOR

WINDOW MOTOR – LH REAR BL2 8-WAY / GREY LH REAR DOOR

WINDOW MOTOR – PASSENGER PD2 8-WAY / GREY PASSENGER DOOR

WINDOW MOTOR – RH REAR BR2 8-WAY / GREY RH REAR DOOR

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 mS PULSED SIGNAL

I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 155: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Powered Windows Powered Windows Fig. 14.1

DD2-8

DD2-7

B

OY

BRS1

CA87-17O

60 OYJB172-1

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

DD1-5

BW

DD1-14

B

G15AL(G4AL)

CAS10 CA15-2 DDS1

BBBDD1-2

YDD1-1

RDD1-10

YBDD1-9

RWDD1-20

ODD1-19

WDD1-13

GDD1-12

U

DD1-15

GW62II

WCA15-5

OCA15-6

RWCA15-13

YBCA15-14

RCA15-11

YCA15-12

BWCA15-7

WG

PD10-8

B

G4AL(G15AL)

CA20-2 PDS1

BB

PD10-7

OPD10-3

W

BL1-7

YBL1-3

R

BL1-8

BW BWCA25-7

BR1-7

YBR1-3

R

BR1-8

BW BWCA30-7

DD2-2

GW

DD2-6

WG

DD2-4

DD2-3

PD2-8

PD2-7

B

OY

PD2-2

GU

PD2-6

WG

PD2-4

W

PD2-3

O

BL2-8

BL2-7

B

OY

BL2-2

GW

BL2-6

WG

BL2-4

R

BL2-3

Y

BR2-8

BR2-7

B

OY

BR2-2

GU

BR2-6

WG

BR2-4

R

BR2-3

Y

CAS59

WG

WG

46

58II

60II

59

CA30-6

CA25-6

CA20-10

WG

58

59II

CA15-10CAS22WG

45

61II

B B BDDS1 CA15-2 CAS10

G15AL(G4AL)

CA30-2

BRS2

PDS2

PDS3

CA30-1

CA25-2

CA25-1

CA20-6

CA20-5

W

O

R

Y

R

Y

B BPDS1 CA20-2

G4AL(G15AL)

B B BBLS3 CA25-3 CAS10

G15AL

B B BBRS4 CA30-3 CAS8

G4AL

O

WG 14.2

CAS10B

G15AL(G4AL)

DDS1B B

CA15-2 DD3-6

DD3-5

DD3-7

BB

CA86-16CA16-5

G I

B

U (LHD) W (RHD)

(RH

D)

(RH

D)

(RH

D)

(RH

D)

G (LHD) O (RHD)

W (LHD) U (RHD)

O (LHD) G (RHD)

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

CAS10

B

U (LHD) W (RHD)

G (LHD) O (RHD)

CA40-11

B

BCAS10

IP5-3

BI

R

Y

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

SET

KEY BARREL SWITCH

DRIVER DOOR LATCH

REARWINDOWSISOLATE

CONTROL REAR WINDOWISOLATE

LH FRONTWINDOW

RH FRONTWINDOW

LH REARWINDOW

RH REARWINDOW

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.DRIVER DOOR SWITCH PACK

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

PASSENGER DOORSWITCH PACK

LH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

RH REAR DOORSWITCH PACK

* REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE

GLOBALCLOSE

GLOBALCLOSE

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

* NOTE: Remote Global Close – ROW vehicles only.

RF MODULE(ESTATE / WAGON,JAPAN, S. KOREA)

SLIDING ROOF

MOTORCONTROL

RELAY

POSITIONSENSORS

DRIVER WINDOW MOTOR

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

MOTORCONTROL

RELAY

POSITIONSENSORS

PASSENGER WINDOW MOTOR

NOTE: CAS10 – RHD only.

MOTORCONTROL

RELAY

POSITIONSENSORS

LH REAR WINDOW MOTOR

MOTORCONTROL

RELAY

POSITIONSENSORS

RH REAR WINDOW MOTOR

NOTE: Vehicles with Manual Rear Windows –Rear Window Switches, Motors and associatedwiring deleted.

All Vehicles

Page 156: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 14.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationDOOR LATCH – DRIVER DD3 8-WAY / BLACK DRIVER DOOR

DD9 2-WAY / BLACK

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

RF MODULE RC35 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CONSOLE

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

SLIDING ROOF MODULE RC14 10-WAY / GREY ROOF CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI CA86-16 SET SWITCH: OPEN CIRCUIT / GROUND

O CA87-17 GLOBAL CLOSE REQUEST: 20 mS PULSED SIGNAL

O CA87-20 VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL: PULSED SIGNAL, 8000 PULSES PER MPH

I IP5-03 SEDAN (EXCEPT JAPAN AND S. KOREA): EXTERNAL ANTENNA

S IP5-18 SCP -

S IP5-19 SCP +

I IP5-23 REMOTE RF SIGNAL

SG IP6-01 LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 157: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Sliding Roof Sliding Roof Fig. 14.2

CA87-20

O

RC14-2

I

RC14-9

O WU

CA87-17

O

60 OYJB172-1

IP6-1

B

G5AS(G5AR)

WGCAS22

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

U

WGCA36-6

WG

UCA36-2 RC14-6

RC14-7

WURC14-1

O

I

44

57II

G15AL

BRC14-10

B B BRCS1 CAS10CA36-16

RC23-5RC34-2*

RC23-4RC34-5*

RC23-1RC34-6*

B

RC14-8

O Y

SCP

B

P

B

B

CAS10B

G15AL(G4AL)

DDS1B B

CA15-2 DD3-6

DD3-5

DD3-7

BB

CA86-16CA16-5

G I

CA240-2

BBRC35-1

IIP5-23

B

P

RC35-3

RC35-2

O

B

43

B B BRCS1 CA36-16 CAS10

G15AL

CA40-11

B

S

S –

+

IP5-3

BI

VEHICLESPEED

NOTE: CAS10 – LHD only.

SET

KEY BARREL SWITCH

DRIVER DOORLATCH

* REMOTEGLOBAL CLOSE

GLOBALCLOSE

GLOBALCLOSE

VEHICLESPEED

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

* NOTE: Remote Global Close – ROW vehicles only.

RF MODULE(ESTATE / WAGON,JAPAN, S. KOREA)

OPEN / DOWN

TILT / CLOSE

SLIDING ROOFMODULE

* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

SLIDING ROOFMOTOR ASSEMBLY

ROOF CONSOLE

Sliding Roof Vehicles

Page 158: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 15.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAM / FM ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) CA116 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER REAR

CA118 2-WAY / BLACK

ANTENNA MODULE – SEDAN CA115 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIMCA117 2-WAY / BLACK

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW3 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

CD AUTOCHANGER CD2 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDECA301 3-WAY / BLACK

FULL RANGE SPEAKER – LH REAR BL4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR

FULL RANGE SPEAKER – RH REAR BR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR

HEATED REAR WINDOW – SEDAN ZA1 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOWZA10 1-WAY / BLACK

MID BASS SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR DD6 2-WAY / WHITE DRIVER DOOR CASING

MID BASS SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR PD5 2-WAY / WHITE PASSENGER DOOR CASING

TWEETER SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR DD12 2-WAY / WHITE DRIVER DOOR CASING

TWEETER SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR PD11 2-WAY / WHITE PASSENGER DOOR CASING

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA189 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Audio Unit

Pin Description and CharacteristicD2 ID1-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

D2 ID1-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE

PG IP65-01 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ IP65-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

O IP65-03 LH REAR AUDIO +

O IP65-04 LH REAR AUDIO -

O IP65-05 RH REAR AUDIO +

O IP65-06 RH REAR AUDIO -

I IP65-07 TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL

O IP65-08 SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED

S IP65-09 SCP +

S IP65-10 SCP -

B+ IP65-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

O IP65-13 LH FRONT AUDIO -

O IP65-14 LH FRONT AUDIO +

O IP65-15 RH FRONT AUDIO -

O IP65-16 RH FRONT AUDIO +

I IP65-17 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE

I IP65-18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE

O IP65-19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 159: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

In-Car Entertainment – Standard In-Car Entertainment – Standard Fig. 15.1

YG

W

Y

W

Y

ID1-1

BOF

ID1-2

BOF

IP65-1

B

AM

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP65-9

IP65-10

S

S

YG

NW66IP65-11

IP65-2

GIP65-17

I

SW4-2

SW4-3

03.2 YG

UY

YG

JB1-24

IIP65-18 DD6

-2DD6

-1BL4

-2BL4

-1

PD5-1

PD5-2

BR4-1

BR4-2

IP106-J1 CA117-1CA189-1

IP65-8

R O

+–

SW3-2

SW3-3

B

UY

BSWS1

IP106-J2 CA117-2CA189-2

YGJB129-14

IP34-6

IP34-7

3I

CD2-1

BOF

CD2-2

BOF

D2

D2

20.4

20.4

09.2

G37AR

CA115-2

4I

CA183-2

FMCA183-1

YIP65-7

I16.1

IP65-19

O O20.4

BCA301-1

G1AL

OYCA301-2

68D2

D2

20.4

20.4

IP65-14 (LHD)IP65-16 (RHD)

W

IP65-13 (LHD)IP65-15 (RHD)

Y

IP65-3

WU

IP65-4

YU

IP65-5

WG

IP65-6

YR

IP65-16 (LHD)IP65-14 (RHD)

WR

IP65-15 (LHD)IP65-13 (RHD)

YR

CA16-2

CA16-1

CA230-6

CA230-5

WU

YUCA25-13

CA25-12

CA230-8

CA230-7

WG

YRCA30-13

CA30-12

CA230-10

CA230-9

WR

YR

WR

YRCA21-2

CA21-1

CA230-12

CA230-11

D2B

CA301-3

O I20.4

16.216.316.4

B

B

P

P

B

B

P

I

B

(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D*)

(2.0 L, 2.0 L D**)BJBS55

G14BL

12.412.5

IP106-J1 CA118-1CA189-1

IP106-J2 CA118-2CA189-2

I

YGCA116-2

4I

B

P

03.6

DD12-2

DD12-1

CAS15

CAS16

W

YCA15-15

CA15-1

W

Y

W

Y

PD11-1

PD11-2

CAS17

CAS18

CA20-15

CA20-1

WR

YR

WR

YR

WR

YR

+ ve

– ve

+ ve

– ve

– ve

+ ve

– ve

+ ve

+

WG

YR

WU

YU

RADIO ILLUMINATION

SECURITY SYSTEM:RADIO REMOVED SENSING

TELEPHONE:MUTE

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE-UP”

PHONE;VOICE

VOLUME SEEK MODE

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

ECM: GROUND

NOTE:* Vehicles with Speed Control.** Vehicles without Speed Control.

D2B NETWORK”WAKE- UP”

CD AUTOCHANGER AUDIO UNIT

COAXIAL CABLE

AM/FM ANTENNA(ESTATE / WAGON)

COAXIAL CABLE

ANTENNA MODULE(SEDAN)

COAXIAL CABLES

HEATED REAR WINDOW(SEDAN)

DRIVER DOORTWEETERSPEAKER

DRIVER DOORMID BASSSPEAKER

LH REARFULL RANGE

SPEAKER

PASSENGER DOORTWEETERSPEAKER

PASSENGER DOORMID BASSSPEAKER

RH REARFULL RANGE

SPEAKER

Standard ICE Vehicles

Page 160: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 15.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAM / FM ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) CA116 3-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER REAR

CA118 2-WAY / BLACK

ANTENNA MODULE – SEDAN CA115 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND LH ‘E’ POST TRIMCA117 2-WAY / BLACK

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES SW3 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

AUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTERIP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

CD AUTOCHANGER CD2 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDECA301 3-WAY / BLACK

HEATED REAR WINDOW – SEDAN ZA1 1-WAY / BLACK REAR WINDOWZA10 1-WAY / BLACK

MID BASS SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR DD6 2-WAY / WHITE DRIVER DOOR CASING

MID BASS SPEAKER – LH REAR BL4 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOR CASING

MID BASS SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR PD5 2-WAY / WHITE PASSENGER DOOR CASING

MID BASS SPEAKER – RH REAR BR4 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR CASING

POWER AMPLIFIER CA425 12-WAY / GREY TRUNK, LH REARCA426 18-WAY / BLACKCD7 2-WAY / D2B

SUB WOOFER – ESTATE (WAGON) CA428 4-WAY / BLACK RH REAR INTERIOR TRIM

SUB WOOFER 1 – SEDAN CA427 4-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF

SUB WOOFER 2 – SEDAN CA427 4-WAY / WHITE PARCEL SHELF

TWEETER SPEAKER – DRIVER DOOR DD12 2-WAY / WHITE DRIVER DOOR CASING

TWEETER SPEAKER – LH REAR BL7 2-WAY / WHITE LH REAR DOOR CASING

TWEETER SPEAKER – PASSENGER DOOR PD11 2-WAY / WHITE PASSENGER DOOR CASING

TWEETER SPEAKER – RH REAR BR9 2-WAY / WHITE RH REAR DOOR CASING

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA15 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA16 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER DOOR HARNESS DRIVER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA20 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA21 20-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO PASSENGER DOOR HARNESS PASSENGER DOOR / DOOR CASING

CA25 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO LH REAR DOOR HARNESS LH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA30 14-WAY / NATURAL / CABIN HARNESS TO RH REAR DOOR HARNESS RH ‘B/C’ POST / ‘B/C’ POST TRIM

CA189 2-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Audio Unit

Pin Description and CharacteristicD2 ID1-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

D2 ID1-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE

PG IP65-01 POWER GROUND: GROUND

B+ IP65-02 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

I IP65-07 TELEPHONE MUTE SIGNAL

O IP65-08 SECURITY SYSTEM GROUND SENSING: GROUND WHEN AUDIO UNIT INSTALLED

S IP65-09 SCP +

S IP65-10 SCP -

B+ IP65-11 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

I IP65-17 DIMMER CONTROLLED ILLUMINATION: PWM, 80Hz, GROUND = 0% DUTY CYCLE, B+ = 100% DUTY CYCLE

I IP65-18 STEERING WHEEL SWITCHES: STEPPED RESISTANCE

O IP65-19 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 161: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

YG

W

Y

ID1-1

BOF

ID1-2

BOF

IP65-1

B

AM

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP65-9

IP65-10

S

S

YG

NW66IP65-11

IP65-2

GIP65-17

I

SW4-2

SW4-3

UY

YG

IIP65-18

DD12-2

DD12-1

BL7-2

BL7-1

PD11-1

PD11-2

BR9-1

BR9-2

IP106-J1 CA117-1CA189-1

IP65-8

R O

+–

SW3-2

SW3-3

B

UY

BSWS1

IP106-J2 CA117-2CA189-2

IP34-6

IP34-7

3I

12.4

CD2-1

BOF

CD2-2

BOF

D2

D2

20.4

20.4

09.2

G37AR

CA115-2

4I

CA183-2

FMCA183-1

YIP65-7

I16.1

IP65-19

O O20.4

BCA301-1

G1AL

OYCA301-2 D

2

D2

20.4

20.4

CA426-7 (LHD)CA426-18 (RHD)

W

CA426-17 (LHD)CA426-8 (RHD)

Y

CA426-4

WG

CA426-12

YR

CA426-14

WU

CA426-13

YU

CA426-16 (LHD)CA426-5 (RHD)

NU

CA426-6 (LHD)CA426-15 (RHD)

OY

CA15-15

CA15-1

WG

YRCA25-13

CA25-12

WU

YUCA30-13

CA30-12

NU

YRCA21-2

CA21-1

D2B

DD6-2

DD6-1

BL4-2

BL4-1

WG

YR

PD5-1

PD5-2

BR4-1

BR4-2

WU

YUBRS8

BRS7

BLS21

BLS20

68

CA301-3

O I20.4

16.216.316.4

WUYU

W Y WG YR

B

B

B

P P

B

P

I

03.2 YGJB1-24

YGJB129-14

B

(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D*)

(2.0 L, 2.0 L D**)BJBS55

G14BL

IP106-J1 CA118-1CA189-1

IP106-J2 CA118-2CA189-2

I

YGCA116-2

4I

B

P

03.6

CD7-1

BOF

CD7-2

BOF

D2

D2

20.4

20.4

CA425-5

O20.4 I

NR57CA425-9

B

NR56CA425-3

B

CA425-8

B

G1AL

P

CA425-2

B P

BCAS94

G

UCA426-5 (LHD)CA426-16 (RHD)

G

CA426-15 (LHD)CA426-6 (RHD)

UCA16-2

CA16-1

CA426-18 (LHD)CA426-7 (RHD)

WR

CA426-8 (LHD)CA426-17 (RHD)

YR

WR

YRCA20-15

CA20-1

+ ve

– ve

+ ve

– ve

– ve

+ ve

– ve

+ ve

– ve

+ ve

– ve

+ ve

CA428-1

CA428-2

CA426-2

CA426-10

WG

WR

– ve

+ ve

CA427-1

CA427-2

CA426-2

CA426-10

WG

WR

– ve

+ ve

CA427-3

CA427-4

CA426-11

CA426-3

YU

YR

– ve

+ ve

CA428-3

CA428-4

CA426-11

CA426-3

YU

YR

– ve

+ ve

+

12.5

In-Car Entertainment – Premium In-Car Entertainment – Premium Fig. 15.2

RADIO ILLUMINATION

SECURITY SYSTEM:RADIO REMOVED SENSING

TELEPHONE:MUTE

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE-UP”

PHONE;VOICE

VOLUME SEEK MODE

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

ECM: GROUND

NOTE:* Vehicles with Speed Control.** Vehicles without Speed Control.

D2B NETWORK”WAKE-UP”

CD AUTOCHANGER

COAXIAL CABLE

AUDIO UNIT

AM/FM ANTENNA(ESTATE / WAGON)

COAXIAL CABLE

ANTENNA MODULE(SEDAN)

COAXIAL CABLES

HEATED REAR WINDOW(SEDAN)

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE-UP”

POWER AMPLIFIER

SUBWOOFER 1(SEDAN)

SUBWOOFER 2(SEDAN)

SUBWOOFER(ESTATE / WAGON)

DRIVER DOORTWEETERSPEAKER

DRIVER DOORMID BASSSPEAKER

LH REARMID BASSSPEAKER

LH REARTWEETERSPEAKER

PASSENGERDOOR

TWEETERSPEAKER

PASSENGERDOOR

MID BASSSPEAKER

RH REARMID BASSSPEAKER

RH REARTWEETERSPEAKER

Premium ICE Vehicles

Page 162: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 16.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

CELLULAR PHONE MODULE CD3 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDEPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / GREY

HANDSET PP1 – CENTER CONSOLE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARNA1 26-WAY / WHITENA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / GREYNA7 20-WAY / BLACK

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAY / METALLICIP137 2-WAY / METALLICIP138 2-WAY / METALLICIP139 2-WAY / METALLIC

TELEPHONE ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON): AM / FM PH15 2-WAY / GREY ROOF CENTER REAR

TELEPHONE ANTENNA – SEDAN: BUMPER – – REAR BUMPER

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA406 3-WAY / GREY / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA407 16-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

PH11 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE LINK LEAD LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Cellular Phone Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE

O CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

O PH1-01 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY

O PH1-03 PHONE ON /OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)

O PH1-04 MUTE COMMAND

PG PH1-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND

SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND

B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +

I PH1-18 MICROPHONE –

D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA

D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA

I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

Page 163: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Telephone: ROW Telephone: ROW Fig. 16.1

PP1-4

RUPH11-4

GPH1-1

BOF

BOF20.4CD3-1

CD3-2

NR

Y

PH1-12

PH1-29

PH1-25

B

G39AS

49

34II

D2

D220.4

PH1-23

O20.4 O

PH1-9

B

PHS3

NRPH1-13

50

YGPH1-14

7I

PH1-4

Y O

PH3-1

PH3-2

PP1-7

BGPH11-7

WPH1-26

PP1-8

YUPH11-8

OPH1-3

PP1-5

YBPH11-5

YPH1-20

PP1-6

WBPH11-6

WBPH1-22

B

PH1-18

PH1-17

CA406-2

CA406-1

CA40-5

CA40-4

G

Y

G

Y

WPH1-11CA406-3CA40-6

BRD BRD

G

Y

RC23-12RC31-2*

RC23-11RC31-1*

BRD W W W W

I

I

I

YNA7-13

YIP65-7

YIP70-10

Y

Y

Y

Y

CA414-8

CAS49CA230-13

CA1-19

CA407-7

G

Y

PH15-1

PH15-2

PH3-1

PH3-2

B

B

B

B

P

P

I

I

D

D

O

O

I

I

PP1-4

RUPH11-4

GPH1-1

PP1-7

BGPH11-7

BGPH1-26

PP1-8

YUPH11-8

OPH1-3

PP1-5

YBPH11-5

YPH1-20

PP1-6

WBPH11-6

WBPH1-22

D

D

O

O

W

W

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

MICROPHONE

ROOF CONSOLE * NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”

CELLULAR PHONEMODULE

TELEPHONEANTENNA

(SEDAN; BUMPER)

MUTE

TELEPHONEANTENNA

(ESTATE / WAGON; AM / FM)

HANDSET(SEDAN)

HANDSET(ESTATE / WAGON)

ROW Vehicles

Page 164: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 16.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

CELLULAR PHONE MODULE CD3 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDEPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / GREY

HANDSET RECEIVER PH9 2-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLEPH10 10-WAY / GREY

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARNA1 26-WAY / WHITENA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / GREYNA7 20-WAY / BLACK

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAY / METALLICIP137 2-WAY / METALLICIP138 2-WAY / METALLICIP139 2-WAY / METALLIC

TELEPHONE ANTENNA – BUMPER PH4 2-WAY / GREY REAR BUMPER

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA406 3-WAY / GREY / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA407 16-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Cellular Phone Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE

O CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

O PH1-01 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY

O PH1-02 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE

O PH1-03 PHONE ON /OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)

O PH1-04 MUTE COMMAND

I PH1-05 MANUAL TEST DATA

I PH1-06 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE

PG PH1-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND

SG PH1-10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND

SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND

B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +

I PH1-18 MICROPHONE –

D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA

D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA

I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

Page 165: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Telephone: NAS Telephone: NAS Fig. 16.2

BOF

BOF20.4CD3-1

CD3-2

NR

Y

PH1-12

PH1-29

PH1-25

B

G39AS

49

34II

D2

D220.4

PH1-23

O20.4 O

PH1-9

B

PHS3

NRPH1-13

50

YGPH1-14

7I

PH1-4

Y O

B

PH1-18

PH1-17

CA406-2

CA406-1

CA40-5

CA40-4

G

Y

G

Y

WPH1-11CA406-3CA40-6

BRD BRD

G

Y

RC23-12RC31-2*

RC23-11RC31-1*

BRD W W W W

I

I

I

YNA7-13

YIP65-7

YIP70-10

Y

Y

Y

Y

CA414-8

CAS49CA230-13

CA1-19

CA407-7

G

Y

B

B

B

B

P

P

I

I

PH10-3

RUPH1-1

PH9-1

PH9-2

PH10-2

BGPH1-26

PH10-8

WGPH1-2

PH10-9

YUPH1-3

PH10-1

YPH1-6

PH10-10

YPH1-5

PH10-7

BOPH1-10

PH10-4

PH10-5

YPH1-20

PH10-6

GPH1-22

PH4-1

PH4-2

D

D

I

I

O

O

O

W

WPH1-21

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

MICROPHONE

ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”

MUTE

CELLULAR PHONEMODULE

HANDSETRECEIVER

TELEPHONEANTENNA(BUMPER)

NAS Vehicles

Page 166: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 16.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

CELLULAR PHONE MODULE CD3 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDEPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / GREY

HANDSET PP1 – CENTER CONSOLE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARNA1 26-WAY / WHITENA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / GREYNA7 20-WAY / BLACK

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

STEERING WHEEL SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAY / METALLICIP137 2-WAY / METALLICIP138 2-WAY / METALLICIP139 2-WAY / METALLIC

TELEPHONE ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON): AM / FM PH15 2-WAY / GREY ROOF CENTER REAR

TELEPHONE ANTENNA – SEDAN: BUMPER – – REAR BUMPER

VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE CD4 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARPH2 22-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA406 3-WAY / GREY / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA407 16-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

PH11 10-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE LINK LEAD LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG14 JB ENGINE COMPARTMENT / BEHIND POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

G39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Cellular Phone Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE

O CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

O PH1-01 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY

O PH1-03 PHONE ON /OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)

O PH1-04 MUTE COMMAND

PG PH1-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND

SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND

B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +

I PH1-18 MICROPHONE –

D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA

D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA

I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

Voice Activation Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicD2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE

I PH2-01 MICROPHONE +

SG PH2-02 MICROPHONE SHIELD

I PH2-03 MICROPHONE +

B+ PH2-06 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)

B+ PH2-08 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)

PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND

I PH2-12 MICROPHONE –

O PH2-13 MICROPHONE –

O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP

SG PH2-15 MICROPHONE SHIELD

B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

Page 167: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Telephone with Voice Control: ROW Telephone with Voice Control: ROW Fig. 16.3

PP1-4

RUPH11-4

GPH1-1

BOF

BOF20.4CD3-1

CD3-2

NR

Y

PH1-12

PH1-29

49

34II

D2

D220.4

PH1-23

O20.4 O

NRPH1-13

50

YGPH1-14

7I

PH1-4

Y O

PH3-1

PH3-2

PP1-7

BGPH11-7

WPH1-26

PP1-8

YUPH11-8

OPH1-3

PP1-5

YBPH11-5

YPH1-20

PP1-6

WBPH11-6

WBPH1-22

I

I

I

YNA7-13

YIP65-7

YIP70-10

Y

Y

Y

Y

CA414-8

CAS49CA230-13

CA1-19

CA407-7

PH15-1

PH15-2

PH3-1

PH3-2

B

B

B

B

I

I

D

D

O

O

PP1-4

RUPH11-4

GPH1-1

PP1-7

BGPH11-7

BGPH1-26

PP1-8

YUPH11-8

OPH1-3

PP1-5

YBPH11-5

YPH1-20

PP1-6

WBPH11-6

WBPH1-22

D

D

O

O

W

PH2-1

PH1-25

B

G39AS

PH1-9

B

PHS3

B

PH1-18

PH1-17

CA406-2

CA406-1

CA40-5

CA40-4

G

Y

G

Y

WPH1-11CA406-3CA40-6

BRD BRD

G

Y

RC23-12RC31-2*

RC23-11RC31-1*

BRD W W W WBRD

G

Y

WPH2-2

PH2-12 PH2-13

PH2-3

BOF

BOF20.4CD4-1

CD4-2

WRPH2-6

36II

D2

D220.4

PH2-14

O20.4 O

NRPH2-22

48

YGPH2-8

8I

D2B

PH2-11

B

B

ID1-1

BOF

ID1-2

BOF

SW4-2

SW4-3

03.2 YG

UY

YG

JB1-24

IIP65-18

SW3-2

SW3-3

B

UY

BSWS1

YG

JB129-14IP34-6

IP34-7

D2

D2

20.4

20.4

G

Y

P

P

P

B

B

B

I

I

BBJBS55

03.6(2.5 L, 3.0 L, 2.0 L D*) (2.0 L, 2.0 L D**)

PH2-15

W

G14BL

W

ECM: GROUND

PHONE;VOICE

AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

NOTE:* Vehicles with Speed Control.** Vehicles without Speed Control.

AUDIO UNIT

MICROPHONE

ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”

VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”

NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.

MUTE

CELLULAR PHONEMODULE

TELEPHONEANTENNA

(SEDAN; BUMPER)

TELEPHONEANTENNA

(ESTATE / WAGON; AM / FM)

HANDSET(SEDAN)

HANDSET(ESTATE / WAGON)

NOTE: Japan vehicles with Voice Activation Control, refer to Figure. 16.6.

ROW Voice Vehicles

Page 168: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 16.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

CELLULAR PHONE MODULE CD3 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDEPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / GREY

HANDSET RECEIVER PH9 2-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLEPH10 10-WAY / GREY

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARNA1 26-WAY / WHITENA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / GREYNA7 20-WAY / BLACK

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

STEERING WHEEL SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAY / METALLICIP137 2-WAY / METALLICIP138 2-WAY / METALLICIP139 2-WAY / METALLIC

TELEPHONE ANTENNA – BUMPER PH4 2-WAY / GREY REAR BUMPER

VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE CD4 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARPH2 22-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA1 22-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA406 3-WAY / GREY / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA407 16-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG39 PH TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Cellular Phone Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicI CD3-1 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE

O CD3-2 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

O PH1-01 PHONE BATTERY CHARGING SUPPLY

O PH1-02 HANDS FREE AUDIO TO PHONE

O PH1-03 PHONE ON /OFF (RESPONSE TO INCOMING AUDIO)

O PH1-04 MUTE COMMAND

I PH1-05 MANUAL TEST DATA

I PH1-06 PHONE BATTERY VOLTAGE

PG PH1-09 POWER GROUND: GROUND

SG PH1-10 ANALOG GROUND: GROUND

SG PH1-11 MICROPHONE SHIELD: GROUND

B+ PH1-12 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ PH1-13 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

B+ PH1-14 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I): B+

I PH1-17 MICROPHONE +

I PH1-18 MICROPHONE –

D PH1-20 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA

D PH1-22 TELEPHONE SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS DATA

I PH1-23 D2B NETWORK WAKE-UP

I PH1-25 POWER GROUND: GROUND

I PH1-26 TELEPHONE LOGIC GROUND: GROUND

I PH1-29 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II): B+

Voice Activation Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicD2 CD4-1 D2B NETWORK TRANSMIT

D2 CD2-2 D2B NETWORK RECEIVE

I PH2-01 MICROPHONE +

SG PH2-02 MICROPHONE SHIELD

I PH2-03 MICROPHONE +

B+ PH2-06 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (II) (START / RUN STATUS)

B+ PH2-08 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY (I)

PG PH2-11 POWER GROUND

I PH2-12 MICROPHONE –

O PH2-13 MICROPHONE –

O PH2-14 D2B NETWORK WAKE UP

SG PH2-15 MICROPHONE SHIELD

B+ PH2-22 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY: B+

Page 169: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Telephone with Voice Control: NAS Telephone with Voice Control: NAS Fig. 16.4

BOF

BOF20.4CD3-1

CD3-2

NR

Y

PH1-12

PH1-29

49

34II

D2

D220.4

PH1-23

O20.4 O

NRPH1-13

50

YGPH1-14

7I

B

B

B

B

PH10-3

RUPH1-1

PH9-1

PH9-2

PH10-2

BGPH1-26

PH10-8

WGPH1-2

PH10-9

YUPH1-3

PH10-1

YPH1-6

PH10-10

YPH1-5

PH10-7

BOPH1-10

PH10-4

PH10-5

YPH1-20

PH10-6

GPH1-22

PH4-1

PH4-2

D

D

I

I

O

O

O

W

WPH1-21

PH1-4

Y O

I

I

I

YNA7-13

YIP65-7

YIP70-10

Y

Y

Y

Y

CA414-8

CAS49CA230-13

CA1-19

CA407-7

PH2-1

PH1-25

B

G39AS

PH1-9

B

PHS3

B

PH1-18

PH1-17

CA406-2

CA406-1

CA40-5

CA40-4

G

Y

G

Y

WPH1-11CA406-3CA40-6

BRD BRD

G

Y

RC23-12RC31-2*

RC23-11RC31-1*

BRD W W W WBRD

G

Y

WPH2-2

PH2-12 PH2-13

PH2-3

BOF

BOF20.4CD4-1

CD4-2

WRPH2-6

36II

D2

D220.4

PH2-14

O20.4 O

NRPH2-22

48

YGPH2-8

8I

D2B

PH2-11

B

B

ID1-1

BOF

ID1-2

BOF

SW4-2

SW4-3

03.2 YG

UY

YGJB1-24

IIP65-18

SW3-2

SW3-3

B

UY

BSWS1

YGJB129-14

IP34-6

IP34-7

D2

D2

20.4

20.4

G

Y

P

P

P

B

B

B

I

I

PH2-15

W

ECM: GROUND

PHONE;VOICE AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

AUDIO UNIT

MICROPHONE

ROOF CONSOLE

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”

* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE

AUDIO UNIT

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”

NOTE: CAS49 – Navigation only.

MUTE

CELLULAR PHONEMODULE

HANDSETRECEIVER

TELEPHONEANTENNA(BUMPER)

NAS Voice Vehicles

Page 170: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 16.5

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationNAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REAR

NA1 26-WAY / WHITENA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / GREYNA7 20-WAY / BLACK

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) WG9 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SPOILER / LH SIDE

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – SEDAN NA12 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAY / METALLICIP137 2-WAY / METALLICIP138 2-WAY / METALLICIP139 2-WAY / METALLIC

TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 TV1 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS

TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 TV2 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS

TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 TV3 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS

TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 TV4 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationNA24 16-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

NA25 8-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

NA26 2-WAY / BLACK / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ESTATE (WAGON) GPS ANTENNA

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G40 NA TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL

Page 171: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

U

Y20.3

20.3

NA7-4

NA7-14

S

S

UUNA1-20

BOF

BOF20.4CD5-1

CD5-2

OY

YGNA7-1

NA7-11

B

G40BS

D2

D220.4

NA7-3

O20.4 O

NA7-13

Y16.116.216.316.4 I

NA7-2

6I

NA6-1 NA12-1

NA12-2NA6-2

GB

YG

IP70-12

B

G37BR

GIP70-9

IP70-2

IP70-1

2I

62

09.2

NA24-2 IP70-15

YYNA1-7 NA24-1 IP70-4

WUNA1-15 NA24-4 IP70-17

GGNA1-2 NA24-3 IP70-7

YYNA1-3 NA24-6 IP70-5

ORNA1-14 NA24-5 IP70-6

BRDWNA1-16 NA24-8 IP70-8

BWBNA1-1 NA24-7 IP70-18

W WBRD W

67 B

B

P P

B

B

I

NA25-1

NA25-2

NA25-7

NA25-8

NA25-3

NA25-4

NA25-5

NA25-6

IP136-1

R

IP136-2

BRD

IP137-1

R

IP137-2

BRD

IP138-1

R

IP138-2

BRD

IP139-1

R

IP139-2

BRD

R

BRD

R

BRD

R

BRD

R

BRD

TV1-1

TV1-2

TV2-1

TV2-2

TV3-1

TV3-2

TV4-1

TV4-2

I

I

I

I

GGNA2-1 NA24-12 IP70-19

ORNA2-2 NA24-14 IP70-21

WUNA2-7 NA24-13 IP70-20

BRDWNA2-3 NA24-16 IP70-11

YYNA2-8 NA24-15 IP70-22

W WBRD W

R

NA6-1 WG9-1

WG9-2NA6-2

R RNA26-1

NA26-2

+

BRD

BRD BRD

Navigation System Navigation System Fig. 16.5

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”

TELEPHONE: MUTE

NAVIGATIONVIDEO

TVAUDIO

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA

(SEDAN)

NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA

(ESTATE / WAGON)

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

DIMMER–CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER

1

TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER

2

TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER

3

TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER

4

NAV Vehicles (except Japan)

Page 172: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 16.6

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationNAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REAR

NA1 26-WAY / WHITENA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / GREYNA7 20-WAY / BLACK

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – ESTATE (WAGON) WG9 2-WAY / BLACK UNDER REAR SPOILER / LH SIDE

NAVIGATION GPS ANTENNA – SEDAN NA12 2-WAY / GREY BELOW PARCEL SHELF / LH SIDE

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

TELEMATICS DISPLAY IP70 22-WAY / BLACK CENTER CONSOLEIP136 2-WAY / METALLICIP137 2-WAY / METALLICIP138 2-WAY / METALLICIP139 2-WAY / METALLIC

TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 1 TV1 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS

TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 2 TV2 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS

TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 3 TV3 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS

TV ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER 4 TV4 2-WAY / METALLIC REAR ROOF TRIM, ABOVE FIXED GLASS

VEHICLE INFORMATION ANTENNA AND AMPLIFIER NA11 2-WAY / METALLIC SEDAN: BEHIND RH ‘E’ POSTESTATE (WAGON): REAR ROOF TRIM ABOVE FIXED GLASS / LH SIDE

VEHICLE INFORMATION CONTROL MODULE NA8 2-WAY / METALLICNA9 10-WAY / NATURALNA10 2-WAY / METALLIC

VEHICLE INFORMATION SENSOR CA222 2-WAY / METALLIC TOP OF INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA40 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS RH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA406 3-WAY / GREY / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

NA24 16-WAY / GREEN / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

NA25 8-WAY / GREY / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO NAVIGATION HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

NA26 2-WAY / BLACK / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO TAIL GATE GLASS HARNESS ESTATE (WAGON) GPS ANTENNA

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G40 NA TRUNK / LH QUARTER PANEL

Page 173: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

NA26-2

NA26-1

RR

NA6-2 WG9-2

WG9-1NA6-1

R

WBRD WW

IP70-22NA24-15NA2-8

Y Y

IP70-11NA24-16NA2-3

W BRD

IP70-20NA24-13NA2-7

U W

IP70-21NA24-14NA2-2

R O

IP70-19NA24-12NA2-1

G G

I

I

I

I

TV4-2

TV4-1

TV3-2

TV3-1

TV2-2

TV2-1

TV1-2

TV1-1

BRD

R

BRD

R

BRD

R

BRD

R

BRDIP139-2

RIP139-1

BRDIP138-2

RIP138-1

BRDIP137-2

RIP137-1

BRDIP136-2

RIP136-1

NA25-6

NA25-5

NA25-4

NA25-3

NA25-8

NA25-7

NA25-2

NA25-1

I

B

B

P

B

B

WBRD WW

IP70-18NA24-7NA1-1

B BW

IP70-8NA24-8NA1-16

W BRD

IP70-6NA24-5NA1-14

R O

IP70-5NA24-6NA1-3

Y Y

IP70-7NA24-3NA1-2

G G

IP70-17NA24-4NA1-15

U W

IP70-4NA24-1NA1-7

Y Y

IP70-15NA24-2

IP70-1

IP70-2

IP70-9

G

G37BR

BIP70-12

YG

GB

NA6-2 NA12-2

NA12-1NA6-1

IYNA7-13

OONA7-3

D2

D2

NA7-11

NA7-1

YG

OY

CD5-2

CD5-1

BOF

BOF

NA1-20

U U

S

S

NA7-14

NA7-4

Y

U

CA222-1

NA9-6

CA222-2

B

G40BS

NA2-5

NA2-6

NA2-11

CA406-1

CA406-2

CA40-4

CA40-5

Y

G

Y

G

WNA2-12CA406-3CA40-6

BRD BRD

Y

G

BRD W W W W

NA7-2

B

NR

YGNA9-3

NA9-4

47

5I

NA9-5

NA9-1 NA2-4

NA9-2 NA2-10

NA9-7

BRDNA2-9

K

W

RR

BRD

NA10-1

NA10-2

W W

NA11-1

NA11-2

NA8-1

NA8-2

PP

B

B

I

I

RC23-12RC31-2*

RC23-11RC31-1*

G

Y

I

I

2I

62

09.2

20.3

20.3

20.4

20.4

20.4

16.116.216.316.4

6I

67

+

N

BRD

BRD

BRD BRD

Navigation System: Japan Navigation System: Japan Fig. 16.6

D2B NETWORK:”WAKE UP”

TELEPHONE: MUTE

MICROPHONE

ROOF CONSOLE* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

VEHICLEINFORMATIONANTENNA AND

AMPLIFIER

VEHICLEINFORMATION

SENSOR

VEHICLE INFORMATIONCONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATIONVIDEO

TVAUDIO

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA

(SEDAN)

NAVIGATIONGPS ANTENNA

(ESTATE / WAGON)

TELEMATICS DISPLAY

DIMMER–CONTROLLEDLIGHTING

TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER

1

TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER

2

TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER

3

TV ANTENNAAND AMPLIFIER

4

Japan Vehicles

Page 174: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 17.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER CA144 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘E’ POST

CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CA145 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘E’ POST

DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – DRIVER SW1 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEELSW2 2-WAY / BLACK

DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – PASSENGER IP36 2-WAY / BROWN INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDEIP37 2-WAY / BROWN

IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT JB93 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH

PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP IP140 4-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR WS18 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING MODULE WS17 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK

SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT POSITION SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT TRACK

SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER AL1 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK

SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER AD1 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR CA140 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER CA215 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE LOWER ‘B/C’ POST

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR CA131 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER CA216 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE LOWER ‘B/C’ POST

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

Page 175: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Advanced Restraint System: Front Wheel Drive Advanced Restraint System: Front Wheel Drive Fig. 17.1

+

OCA65-14

G15AR(G4AR)

CA215-2

O

U

WS18-A

WS18-C

WS18-B

WS17-E

IP74-5GIP74-12

IP74-16

B

G37AR

CA165-23

U

65II

IP74-19

U O

U

W

RWS17-H

WS17-J

WS17-K

AL1-1

AL1-2

RW

BW

CA65-5

CA65-6

RW

BW

CA65-7

CA65-8

WR

NW

CA144-1

CA144-2

RW

BW

SW1-1

G

B

IP34-1

SW1-2IP34-2

SW2-1

G

B

IP34-9

SW2-2IP34-10

OGR

07.1

IP74-22

O O07.2

IP74-11

W20.3 D

CA65-13 CA165-25

B RCA70-14CAS96 (LHD)

CAS97 (RHD)

B

G4AR(G15AR)

CA70-13 CA165-26

IP74-15 OIP140-3IP140-1

63II

CA215-1

CA165-27

W

CA165-28

N

CA216-2

CA216-1

CA165-29

CA165-30

U

JB93-2

W

JB93-1

NCA165-19

W

CA165-20

NCA10-5

CA10-4

CA65-20

OCA165-17

UCA165-18

C

CWS17-F CA70-2

CA70-1

C

C

GRWS17-G

64II

IP74-6

IP74-1

IP74-2

CA165-3

CA165-4

CA165-31

CA165-32

CA165-1

CA165-2

IP74-13

IP37-1

RW

BW

IP37-2

IP36-1

RW

BW

IP36-2

IP74-14

IP74-3

IP74-4

AD1-1

AD1-2

RW

BW

CA70-5

CA70-6

RW

BW

CA70-7

CA70-8

GO

BR

CA145-1

CA145-2

RW

BW

CA165-5

CA165-6

CA165-33

CA165-34

CA165-21

CA165-22

CA165-13

W

CA165-14

NCA140-2

CA140-1

CA165-15

W

CA165-16

NCA131-2

CA131-1

+

G4AR(G15AR)

B B BWS17-D CA70-4 CAS96 (LHD)

CAS97 (RHD)

B

P

B

H

H

H

W

B

CA65-19

B

CAS97 (LHD)CAS96 (RHD)

B

FRONT IMPACTSENSOR

DRIVERSIDE IMPACT

SENSOR

PASSENGERSIDE IMPACT

SENSOR

DRIVERREAR SIDE IMPACT

SENSOR

PASSENGERREAR SIDE IMPACT

SENSOR

DRIVER SEATPOSITION SWITCH

DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH

PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH

PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT

PRESSURE SENSOR

PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSING MODULE

PASSENGER AIRBAGDEACTIVATED

INDICATOR LAMP

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GEM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING

STAGETWO

STAGEONE

STAGETWO

STAGEONE

LOCAL

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

DRIVERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS

DRIVERCURTAIN AIRBAGIGNITER

DRIVERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER

DRIVERSEAT BELT BUCKLEPRETENSIONERIGNITER

PASSENGERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS

PASSENGERCURTAIN AIRBAGIGNITER

PASSENGERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER

PASSENGERSEAT BELT BUCKLEPRETENSIONERIGNITER

Front Wheel Drive Vehicles

Page 176: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 17.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationCURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER CA144 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE ‘E’ POST

CURTAIN AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER CA145 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE ‘E’ POST

DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – DRIVER SW1 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEELSW2 2-WAY / BLACK

DUAL AIRBAG IGNITERS – PASSENGER IP36 2-WAY / BROWN INSTRUMENT PANEL PASSENGER SIDEIP37 2-WAY / BROWN

IMPACT SENSOR – FRONT JB93 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO HOOD CATCH

KNEE BOLSTER IGNITER – DRIVER CA420 2-WAY / BROWN BELOW STEERING COLUMN

PASSENGER AIRBAG DEACTIVATED INDICATOR LAMP IP140 4-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER AIRBAG COVER

PASSENGER SEAT BELT TENSION SENSOR WS19 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT PRESSURE SENSOR WS18 3-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT CUSHION

PASSENGER SEAT WEIGHT SENSING MODULE WS17 10-WAY / BLACK UNDER PASSENGER SEAT

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA450 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK

SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT BELT REEL PRETENSIONER IGNITER – DRIVER CA241 3-WAY / YELLOW DRIVER SIDE ‘B/C’ POST

SEAT BELT REEL PRETENSIONER IGNITER – PASSENGER CA422 3-WAY / YELLOW PASSENGER SIDE ‘B/C’ POST

SEAT BELT SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT BELT SWITCH – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BELT BUCKLE

SEAT POSITION SWITCH – DRIVER CA65 18-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT TRACK

SEAT POSITION SWITCH – PASSENGER CA70 18-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT TRACK

SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – DRIVER AL1 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SEAT BACK

SIDE AIRBAG IGNITER – PASSENGER AD1 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SEAT BACK

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER REAR CA140 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO DRIVER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – DRIVER CA215 2-WAY / BLACK DRIVER SIDE LOWER ‘B/C’ POST

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER REAR CA131 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO PASSENGER SIDE REAR LOWER SAFETY BELT ANCHOR

SIDE IMPACT SENSOR – PASSENGER CA216 2-WAY / BLACK PASSENGER SIDE LOWER ‘B/C’ POST

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA65 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

CA70 18-WAY / BLACK / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

Page 177: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Advanced Restraint System: All Wheel Drive Advanced Restraint System: All Wheel Drive Fig. 17.2

+

OCA65-14

G15AR(G4AR)

CA215-2

O

U

WS20-3

WS20-1

WS20-2

WS17-E

IP74-5GIP74-12

IP74-16

B

G37AR

CA450-24

U

65II

IP74-19

U O

U

W

RWS17-H

WS17-J

WS17-K

AL1-1

AL1-2

RW

BW

CA65-5

CA65-6

RW

BW

CA65-7

CA65-8

WR

NW

CA144-1

CA144-2

RW

BW

SW1-1

G

B

IP34-1

SW1-2IP34-2

SW2-1

G

B

IP34-9

SW2-2IP34-10

OGR

07.1

IP74-22

O O07.2

IP74-11

W20.3 D

CA65-13 CA450-25

B RCA70-14CAS96 (LHD)

CAS97 (RHD)

B

G4AR(G15AR)

CA70-13 CA450-26

IP74-15 OIP140-3IP140-1

63II

CA215-1

CA450-27

W

CA450-28

N

CA216-2

CA216-1

CA450-29

CA450-30

U

JB93-2

W

JB93-1

NCA450-19

W

CA450-20

NCA10-5

CA10-4

CA70-20

OCA450-17

UCA450-18

C

CWS17-F CA70-2

CA70-1

C

C

GRWS17-G

64II

IP74-6IP74-1

IP74-2

CA450-3

CA450-4

CA450-31

CA450-32

CA450-1

CA450-2

IP74-13 IP37-1

RW

BW IP37-2

IP36-1

RW

BW IP36-2

IP74-14

IP74-3

IP74-4

AD1-1

AD1-2

RW

BW

CA70-5

CA70-6

RW

BW

CA70-7

CA70-8

GO

BR

CA145-1

CA145-2

RW

BW

CA450-5

CA450-6

CA450-33

CA450-34

CA450-21

CA450-22

CA450-13

W

CA450-14

NCA140-2

CA140-1

CA450-15

W

CA450-16

NCA131-2

CA131-1

+

G4AR(G15AR)

B B BWS17-D CA70-4 CAS96 (LHD)

CAS97 (RHD)

B

P

B

H

H

H

W

B

CA70-19

B

CAS97 (LHD)CAS96 (RHD)

B

CA420-1

CA420-2

RW

BW

CA450-7

CA450-8

CA241-1

CA241-2

WR

NW

CA450-35

CA450-36

CA422-1

CA422-2

GO

BR

CA450-37

CA450-38

CA65-20HCA65-19

B CA450-23

U

WS19-2

WS19-1

WS19-3

G

O

YWS17-A

WS17-B

WS17-C

FRONT IMPACTSENSOR

DRIVERSIDE IMPACT

SENSOR

PASSENGERSIDE IMPACT

SENSOR

DRIVERREAR SIDE IMPACT

SENSOR

PASSENGERREAR SIDE IMPACT

SENSOR

DRIVER SEATPOSITION SWITCH

PASSENGER SEATPOSITION SWITCH

DRIVERSEAT BELT SWITCH

PASSENGERSEAT BELT SWITCH

PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT

PRESSURE SENSOR

PASSENGERSEAT BELT

TENSION SENSOR(NAS ONLY)

PASSENGER SEATWEIGHT SENSING MODULE

PASSENGER AIRBAGDEACTIVATED

INDICATOR LAMP

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER: AIRBAG WARNING(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

GEM: SEAT BELT AUDIBLE WARNING

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

STAGETWO

STAGEONE

STAGETWO

STAGEONE

LOCAL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

DRIVERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS

DRIVERCURTAIN AIRBAGIGNITER

DRIVERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER

DRIVERSEAT BELT BUCKLEPRETENSIONERIGNITER

DRIVERSEAT BELT REELPRETENSIONERIGNITER

DRIVERKNEE BOLSTERIGNITER

PASSENGERDUAL AIRBAGIGNITERS

PASSENGERCURTAIN AIRBAGIGNITER

PASSENGERSIDE AIRBAGIGNITER

PASSENGERSEAT BELT BUCKLEPRETENSIONERIGNITER

PASSENGERSEAT BELT REELPRETENSIONERIGNITER

All Wheel Drive Vehicles

Page 178: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 18.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationGENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE

CA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

PARKING AID MODULE CA418 16-WAY / WHITE SPARE WHEEL WELLCA419 12-WAY / WHITERB7 12-WAY / WHITE

PARKING AID SENSOR – LH: FRONT FB8 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – LH: REAR RB1 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – RH: FRONT FB5 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – RH: REAR RB4 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – LH CENTER: FRONT FB7 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – LH CENTER: REAR RB2 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – RH CENTER: FRONT FB6 3-WAY / BLACK FRONT BUMPER

PARKING AID SENSOR – RH CENTER: REAR RB3 3-WAY / BLACK REAR BUMPER

PARKING AID SOUNDER – FRONT IP151 2-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

PARKING AID SOUNDER – REAR CA136 2-WAY / WHITE ESTATE (WAGON): LH REAR QUARTER PANEL INTERIOR TRIMSEDAN: PARCEL SHELF

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA170 16-WAY / GREEN / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

JB173 10-WAY / BLACK / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO FRONT BUMPER HARNESS BEHIND LH FRONT WHEEL ARCH LINER

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

Parking Aid Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicB+ CA418-01 IGNITION SWITCHED POWER SUPPLY: B+

O CA418-02 REAR PARKING AID SOUNDER –

I CA418-04 FRONT SENSORS SWITCH SIGNAL: GROUND WHEN ACTIVATED

I CA418-05 TRAILER CONNECTED STATUS: GROUND = TRAILER CONNECTED

I CA418-06 REVERSE LAMPS STATUS: B+ = REVERSE LAMPS ON

O CA418-10 REAR PARKING AID SOUNDER +

I CA418-11 CHIME INHIBIT SIGNAL

D CA418-12 SERIAL DATA LINK

O CA418-13 FRONT SENSORS STATUS LED ACTIVATE: TO ACTIVATE, PAM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO B+

PG CA418-16 POWER GROUND: GROUND

SG CA419-01 FRONT SENSORS GROUND: GROUND

SS CA419-02 FRONT SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+

O CA419-03 FRONT PARKING AID SOUNDER –

O CA419-04 FRONT PARKING AID SOUNDER +

D CA419-05 FRONT LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

D CA419-06 FRONT LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

D CA419-07 FRONT RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

D CA419-08 FRONT RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

D RB7-02 REAR RH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

D RB7-03 REAR LH CENTER SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

D RB7-04 REAR RH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

D RB7-05 REAR LH SENSOR SIGNAL DATA

SG RB7-08 REAR SENSORS GROUND: GROUND

SS RB7-11 REAR SENSORS POWER SUPPLY: B+

Page 179: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

NCA418-1

G2AR

CA418-16

B

CA418-10

CA418-2

RB3-1

RW

RB3-2

WR

RB3-3

BG

RB7-11

CA136-1

CA136-2

RB4-1

RW

RB4-2

W

RB4-3

BG

RB2-1

RW

RB2-2

WU

RB2-3

BG

RB1-1

RW

RB1-2

WG

RB1-3

BG

RB7-4

RB7-8

RB7-2

RB7-3

RB7-5

GBCA418-6

08.3 I

SCA418-5

I

08.4

08.5

WCA418-12

20.3 D

RU

U

WR

RW

W

BG

WU

WG

RBS1

RBS2

BCAS61

08.6

B

P

O

O

D

D

D

D

45II

08.708.808.9

CA87-20

O

U

Y20.3

20.3

IP5-19

IP5-18

S

SSCP

U ICA418-11

JB3-3

JB129-5

CA419-4

RU

CA419-3

YIP151-1

IP151-2

RU

Y

O

O

CA170-14

CA170-16

RU

Y

+

+

+

B WCA36-5

WRC23-20RC23-1RCS1

B

G15AL RCA36-8

RRC23-13

I

O

CA418-4

CA418-13

CA36-16

BCAS10

B

RW

CA419-7

WR

BG

FB5-1 CA419-2

RW

CA419-8

W

CA419-1

BG

RW

CA419-6

WU

BG

RW

CA419-5

WG

BG

FB5-2

FB5-3

WR

RW

W

BG

WU

WG

FBS1

FBS2

D

D

D

D

FB6-1

FB6-2

FB6-3

FB7-1

FB7-2

FB7-3

FB8-1

FB8-2

FB8-3

WR

RW

W

BG

WU

WG

WR

RW

W

BG

WU

WG

JB173-8

JB173-7

CA170-11

CA170-10

JB173-6 CA170-9

JB173-4 CA170-8

JB173-10 CA170-4

JB173-9 CA170-3

G2CL

BCAS28

(SEDAN)

(EST / WAG)

Parking Aid Parking Aid Fig. 18.1

REVERSE LAMPS – ACTIVATED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

REAR EXTERIOR LIGHTING:TRAILER CONNECTED(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

SERIAL COMMUNICATION

VEHICLESPEED

VEHICLESPEED

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

FRONT SENSORSON / OFF SWITCH

STATUS

ROOF CONSOLE

FRONTSENSORS

RHSENSOR

RH CENTERSENSOR

LH CENTERSENSOR

LHSENSOR

PARKING AIDMODULE

REAR PARKING AIDSOUNDER

FRONT PARKING AIDSOUNDER

RHSENSOR

RH CENTERSENSOR

LH CENTERSENSOR

LHSENSOR

REARSENSORS

Parking Aid Vehicles

NOTE: Check market specification for fitment of Front Parking Aid.Rear Parking Aid Only vehicles delete front circuits and PAM socketand connector CA419.

Page 180: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

The following abbreviations are used to represent values for Control Module Pin-Out data

I Input PG Power Ground C CAN Network D Serial and Encoded DataO Output SS Sensor / Signal Supply V S SCP Network V Voltage (DC)B+ Battery Voltage SG Sensor / Signal Ground D2 D2B Network PWM Pulse Width Modulated

CAUTION: The information on this data page is furnished to aid the user in understanding circuit operation. THIS INFORMATION SHOULD BE USED FORREFERENCE ONLY.

NOTE: The values listed are approximately those that can be expected at the control module connector pins with all circuit connections made and all componentsconnected and fitted.

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 19.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationACCESSORY CONNECTOR – CABIN IP24 3-WAY / BLACK BEHIND GLOVE BOX

ACCESSORY CONNECTOR – REAR CA146 3-WAY / BLACK TRUNK, LH REAR

CIGAR LIGHTER IP42 2-WAY / ORANGE ASH TRAY

CUSTOMER POWER CONNECTOR CA435 2-WAY / NATURAL RH REAR INTERIOR TRIM

ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR RC5 5-WAY / BLACK REAR VIEW MIRROR

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HORN RELAY – 2.0 L D – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R2

HORN RELAY – 2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L – – POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – R15

HORN SWITCH SW6 2-WAY / BLACK STEERING WHEEL

HORNS JB87 2-WAY / BLACK ADJACENT TO BATTERY

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX – – ENGINE COMPARTMENT

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

STEERING WHEEL SW4 6-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description LocationCA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

IP34 10-WAY / NATURAL / INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS TO STEERING WHEEL HARNESS STEERING WHEEL CASSETTE

JB129 22-WAY / GREY / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G1 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G2 CA TRUNK / UNDER LH TAIL LAMP UNIT

G4 CA LOWER RH ‘A’ POST

G5 IP UPPER RH ‘A’ POST

G15 CA LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

FOR CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION, UNFOLD PAGE TO LEFT.

CONTROL MODULE PIN-OUT INFORMATION

General Electronic Module

Pin Description and CharacteristicPG CA86-05 POWER GROUND

O IP5-14 HORN RELAY DRIVE : TO ACTIVATE, GEM SWITCHES CIRCUIT TO GROUND

I IP6-20 STEERING WHEEL HORN SWITCH: GROUND WHEN SELECTED

B+ JB172-01 BATTERY POWER SUPPLY (LOCKING): B+

Page 181: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

JBS56

B

OYJB87-2

JB87-1

B

G11AR

B

OY

B

JB129-6

B

SW4-6

SW4-5

BG BG

B

IP34-3

IP34-4

SW6-1

SW6-2 IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

B

G37BL(G36BL)

BIP42-2

OYIP42-1

G36AL(G5AL)

B

IP24-2

IP24-3

IP24-1

G5AS(G5AL)

N

NG9I

63

IPS66

B B

CA146-2

CA146-3

CA146-1

N

NG10I

55

RC23-1 RC23-9

B OYBRCS1CA36-16CAS10

G15AL

BB

IP5-14

O

60 OYJB172-1

CA86-5

B

G4AR

IP6-20

I BG

55II

B

P

28JB204-3

JB202-9

F3 20A

29

5

2

3

1

R24

28

29

B

OYJB206-4

JB206-3

F38 20A

B

(2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L)

(2.0 L D)

(2.0 L, 2.5 L, 3.0 L)

(2.0 L D)

B

CA435-2

CA435-1

G1AR

N54

B69

5

1

3

2

R154

G1AR

BCAS9

G2CL

BCAS28

(SEDAN)

(EST / WAG)

RC5-3

BR

B

BK

RC5-1

RC5-2

ICA36-7

GB08.3

RCS1CA36-16CAS10BBB

G15AL

56II

P

B

08.4

Ancillaries Ancillaries Fig. 19.1

HORN

HORNSWITCH

STEERING WHEEL

CASSETTE

CASSETTE

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

HORNS

HORN RELAY(GASOLINE ENGINES)

HORN RELAY(DIESEL ENGINE)

POWER DISTRIBUTION FUSE BOX

CIGAR LIGHTER

CIGAR LIGHTER

NOTE: IPS66 – LHD only.CABIN

ACCESSORYCONNECTOR

REARACCESSORYCONNECTOR

CUSTOMERPOWER CONNECTOR

(ESTATE / WAGON)

ACCESSORY CONNECTORS

GARAGE DOOR OPENER

GARAGE DOOROPENER

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

ROOF CONSOLE

All Vehicles

ELECTROCHROMIC REAR VIEW MIRROR

REVERSE LAMPS:REVERSE LAMPS ON

(CIRCUIT CONTINUED)

ELECTROCHROMICREAR VIEW MIRROR

Page 182: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 20.1

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP39 4-WAY / GREYIP101 26-WAY / WHITEIP135 2-WAY / GREY

CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNITIP101 26-WAY / WHITE

DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

HEADLAMP LEVELING MODULE IP130 26-WAY / WHITE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACKDM3 16-WAY / BLACKDM4 8-WAY / BLUEDM5 8-WAY / GREEN

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 16 BIT JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 32 BIT JB230 24-WAY / WHITE LOWER LH ‘A’ POSTJB231 24-WAY / GREY

YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 183: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Controller Area Network: LHD Controller Area Network: LHD Fig. 20.1

IP22-4

B

IP22-5

B

61

44II

G37BL

IPS67

G

YIP10-17

IP10-18

+

C

C

OY

WR

G

Y

IP22-16

IP22-9

IP22-6

IP22-14

C

C

+

B

EN16-124

EN16-123

+

C

C

IP101-9

IP101-10

C

C –

+

G

YIP101-22

IP101-23

C

C–

+

G

Y

IP130-2

IP130-3

+

C

C

G

YIP20-3

IP20-2

+

C

C

G

Y

IP14-9

IP14-10

C

C –

+

G

YIP14-11

IP14-12

C

C–

+

G37AL

JB1-21

JB1-22

Y

G

Y

G

JBS31

JBS30

G

YJB45-24

JB45-40

+

C

C

G

YJB185-24

JB185-40

+

C

C

(ABS)

(ABS)

(DSC)

(DSC)

G

YJB131-34*

JB230-14**

JB131-13*JB230-15**

C

C –

+

G

YJB131-33*JB230-5**

JB131-12*JB230-6**

C

C–

+

G

YCA10-7

CA10-8 IPS8

IPS9

G

YIPS11

IPS10

G

YIPS52

IPS51

IPS39

IPS38

G

Y

G

Y

G

YIP19-3

IP19-4

+

C

C

P

B

B

G

YJB197-24

JB197-40

C

C–

+ (ABS/TC)

(ABS/TC)

EN65-89

EN65-88

+

C

CJB1-21

JB1-22

Y

G

Y

G

DL1-54

DL1-73

+

C

CJB1-21

JB1-22

Y

G

Y

G

(2.5 L, 3.0 L)

(2.5 L, 3.0 L)

(2.0 L)

(2.0 L)

(2.0 L D)

(2.0 L D)

CAS31

CAS30

G

Y

G

YCA230-2

CA230-14

DM1-12

DM1-2

+

C

CCA431-11

CA431-10

Y

G

Y

G

DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL MODULE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROL

MODULE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGSYSTEM MODULE

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

(2.5, 3.0 L)

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

(2.0 L)

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

(2.0 L D)

DRIVER SEATMODULE

(MEMORY VEHICLES)

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONVEHICLES)

NOTE:* 16-bit TCM.** 32-bit TCM.

HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE

(HID HEADLAMP VEHICLES)

YAW RATE SENSOR(DSC VEHICLES)

CLIMATE CONTROLMODULE

STEERING ANGLESENSOR

(DSC VEHICLES)

J-GATE(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

VEHICLES)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

DATA LINKCONNECTOR

LHD Vehicles

Page 184: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 20.2

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationANTI-LOCK BRAKING / TRACTION CONTROL MODULE JB197 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM MODULE JB45 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – PANEL AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW BEHIND CLIMATE CONTROL PANELIP39 4-WAY / GREYIP101 26-WAY / WHITEIP135 2-WAY / GREY

CLIMATE CONTROL MODULE – REMOTE AC1 26-WAY / YELLOW RH SIDE OF AIR DISTRIBUTION UNITIP101 26-WAY / WHITE

DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL MODULE JB185 42-WAY / BLUE ENGINE COMPARTMENT / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

HEADLAMP LEVELING MODULE IP130 26-WAY / WHITE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

J-GATE MODULE IP14 16-WAY / GREY CENTER CONSOLE

SEAT MODULE – DRIVER DM2 10-WAY / GREY DRIVER SEAT SWITCH PACKDM3 16-WAY / BLACKDM4 8-WAY / BLUEDM5 8-WAY / GREEN

STEERING ANGLE SENSOR IP19 4-WAY / BLACK STEERING COLUMN

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 16 BIT JB131 37-WAY / BLUE LOWER LH ‘A’ POST

TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE – 32 BIT JB230 24-WAY / WHITE LOWER LH ‘A’ POSTJB231 24-WAY / GREY

YAW RATE SENSOR IP20 4-WAY / BLACK BEHIND CENTER CONSOLE

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA10 22-WAY / SLATE / CABIN HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA431 16-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO DRIVER SEAT HARNESS UNDER DRIVER SEAT

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness LocationG37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 185: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Controller Area Network: RHD Controller Area Network: RHD Fig. 20.2

IP22-4

B

IP22-5

B

61

44II

G36BL

IPS69

G

YIP10-17

IP10-18

+

C

C

OY

WR

G

Y

IP22-16

IP22-9

IP22-6

IP22-14

C

C

+

B

EN16-124

EN16-123

+

C

C

IP101-9

IP101-10

C

C –

+

G

YIP101-22

IP101-23

C

C–

+

G

Y

IP130-2

IP130-3

+

C

C

G

YIP20-3

IP20-2

+

C

C

G

Y

IP14-9

IP14-10

C

C –

+

G

YIP14-11

IP14-12

C

C–

+

G37AL

JB1-21

JB1-22

Y

G

Y

G

JBS31

JBS30

G

YJB45-24

JB45-40

+

C

C

G

YJB185-24

JB185-40

+

C

C

(ABS)

(ABS)

(DSC)

(DSC)

C

C –

+ C

C–

+

CA10-7

CA10-8 IPS8

IPS9

G

YIPS11

IPS10

G

YIPS52

IPS51

IPS39

IPS38

G

Y

G

Y

G

YIP19-3

IP19-4

+

C

C

P

B

B

G

YJB197-24

JB197-40

C

C–

+ (ABS/TC)

(ABS/TC)

EN65-89

EN65-88

+

C

CJB1-21

JB1-22

Y

G

Y

G

DL1-54

DL1-73

+

C

CJB1-21

JB1-22

Y

G

Y

G

(2.5 L, 3.0 L)

(2.5 L, 3.0 L)

(2.0 L)

(2.0 L)

(2.0 L D)

(2.0 L D)

CAS31

CAS30

G

Y

G

YCA230-2

CA230-14

DM1-12

DM1-2

+

C

CCA431-11

CA431-10

Y

G

Y

G

G

Y

G

YJB131-34*

JB230-14**

JB131-13*JB230-15**

G

YJB131-33*JB230-5**

JB131-12*JB230-6**

DYNAMIC STABILITYCONTROL MODULE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING /TRACTION CONTROL

MODULE

ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGSYSTEM MODULE

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

(2.5, 3.0 L)

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

(2.0 L)

ENGINECONTROL MODULE

(2.0 L D)

DRIVER SEATMODULE

(MEMORY VEHICLES)

TRANSMISSIONCONTROL MODULE

(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONVEHICLES)

NOTE:* 16-bit TCM.** 32-bit TCM.

HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE

(HID HEADLAMP VEHICLES)

YAW RATE SENSOR(DSC VEHICLES)

CLIMATE CONTROLMODULE

STEERING ANGLESENSOR

(DSC VEHICLES)

J-GATE(AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

VEHICLES)

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

DATA LINKCONNECTOR

RHD Vehicles

Page 186: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 20.3

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

DATA LINK CONNECTOR IP22 16-WAY / BLACK BELOW STEERING COLUMN

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L EN65 104-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.0 L D DL1 121-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE – 2.5 L, 3.0 L EN16 134-WAY / BLACK ENGINE COMPARTMENT, FRONT BULKHEAD / RH SIDE

FUEL-FIRED AUXILIARY HEATER MODULE JB232 6-WAY / BLACK VEHICLE UNDER-FLOOR REARWARD OF ENGINE

GENERAL ELECTRONIC MODULE CA86 23-WAY / GREY BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDECA87 23-WAY / GREENIP5 23-WAY / BROWNIP6 23-WAY / NATURALJB172 23-WAY / BLUE

HEADLAMP LEVELING MODULE IP130 26-WAY / WHITE BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER IP10 26-WAY / WHITE INSTRUMENT PANELIP11 26-WAY / WHITE

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARNA1 26-WAY / WHITENA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / GREYNA7 20-WAY / BLACK

PARKING AID MODULE CA418 16-WAY / WHITE SPARE WHEEL WELLCA419 12-WAY / WHITERB7 12-WAY / WHITE

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – ALL WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA450 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK

RESTRAINTS CONTROL MODULE – FRONT WHEEL DRIVE VEHICLES CA165 40-WAY / BLACK UNDER CENTER CONSOLEIP74 24-WAY / BLACK

ROOF CONSOLE – PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC23 20-WAY / WHITE ROOF CENTER FRONT

ROOF CONSOLE – WITHOUT PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD RC30 4-WAY / BLACK ROOF CENTER FRONTRC31 2-WAY / BLACKRC33 4-WAY / BLACKRC34 6-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA36 16-WAY / GREEN / CABIN HARNESS TO ROOF HARNESS LH ‘A’ POST / WINDSHIELD PILLAR

CA230 16-WAY / BLUE / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

JB1 42-WAY / BLACK / ENGINE MANAGEMENT HARNESS TO JUNCTION BOX HARNESS ENGINE COMPARTMENT / LH SIDE

JB3 14-WAY / BLUE / JUNCTION BOX HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS BELOW INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE

GROUNDS

Ground Harness Location

G36 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / LH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

G37 IP BEHIND INSTRUMENT PANEL / RH SIDE OF CROSS CAR BEAM

NOTE: Refer to the Appendix at the rear of this book for Network Messages.

Page 187: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Standard Corporate Protocol Network; Serial Data Link Fig. 20.3

IP22-4

B

IP22-5

B

61

44II

G37BL(G36BL)

IPS67 (LHD)IPS69 (RHD)

OY

WRIP22-16

IP22-9

B

G37AL

P

B

B

WIP22-7

W

WCA418-12

WEN16-105 (2.5, 3.0 L)EN65-39 (2.0 L)

IP130-5

W DD

DRC23-8

RC33-3*

W D

CA230-3

JB1-20 CA230-4

W

W

W

DIP74-11

D

IPS25

IP22-10

UIP22-2

Y

S

S Y

UIP10-22

IP10-23

+

S

S Y

UNA7-4

NA7-14

+

S

S Y

UIP65-9

IP65-10

+

S

S Y

UIP5-19

IP5-18

+

U

Y

CA414-7

CA414-6

IPS31

IPS32

Y

UCA240-11

CA240-8

Y

U

S

S

+

W

JB130-4 CA36-9

W W

BOF

BOFID1-1

ID1-2

D2

D2

JB232-3

D W

S

S Y

UDL1-55

DL1-74

+

G

YIP10-17

IP10-18

+

C

C

JB1-26

JB1-27

JB3-13

JB3-12

Y

U

Y

U

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

NOTE: D2B Networkdiagnostics are accessedvia the SCP Network.

AUDIO UNIT

GENERAL ELECTRONICMODULE

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

(2.0 L DIESEL)

RESTRAINTSCONTROL MODULE

PARKING AIDMODULE

ENGINE CONTROLMODULE

FUEL-FIREDAUXILIARY HEATER

MODULE(2.0 L DIESEL)

STANDARD CORPORATE PROTOCOL NETWORK (SCP)

HEADLAMP LEVELINGMODULE

* NOTE: Roof Console without printed circuit board.

ROOF CONSOLE

INTRUSION SENSOR

SERIAL DATA LINKDATA LINK

CONNECTOR

All Vehicles

Page 188: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Refer to the front of this book for detailed information and illustrations regarding the location and identification of harnesses, relays, fuses, grounds, controlmodules and control module pins.

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

Fig. 20.4

COMPONENTS

Component Connector(s) Connector Description LocationAUDIO UNIT ID1 2-WAY / D2B INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER

IP65 20-WAY / BLACKIP106 2-WAY / METALLIC

CD AUTOCHANGER CD2 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDECA301 3-WAY / BLACK

CELLULAR PHONE MODULE CD3 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK / LH SIDEPH1 32-WAY / BLACKPH3 2-WAY / GREY

NAVIGATION CONTROL MODULE CD5 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARNA1 26-WAY / WHITENA2 12-WAY / BLACKNA6 2-WAY / GREYNA7 20-WAY / BLACK

POWER AMPLIFIER CA425 12-WAY / GREY TRUNK, LH REARCA426 18-WAY / BLACKCD7 2-WAY / D2B

VOICE ACTIVATION MODULE CD4 2-WAY / D2B TRUNK, LH REARPH2 22-WAY / BLACK

HARNESS IN-LINE CONNECTORS

Connector Connector Description Location

CA240 12-WAY / GREY / CABIN HARNESS TO INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CA407 16-WAY / GREY / CELLULAR PHONE HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CA414 16-WAY / BLUE / NAVIGATION HARNESS TO CABIN HARNESS BELOW LH REAR SEAT CUSHION

CD1 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR LH LOWER ‘A’ POST / ‘A’ POST TRIM

CD6 2-WAY / BLACK / FIBER OPTIC CONNECTOR TRUNK, LH REAR

Page 189: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

VARIANT:VIN RANGE:

DATE OF ISSUE:

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5

Output

Sensor/Signal Supply V CAN

SCP Serial and Encoded DataAllAugust 2003Sensor/Signal Ground

D2B NetworkInput Battery Voltage

Power Ground

B+1 6 Fig. 01.1 I

O

+

C

S D

D

P

34 79 Fig. 01.3

7 33 Fig. 01.2

Fig. 01.5

Fig. 01.4

Fig. 01.7II II

11 31

I I1 10 Fig. 01.6

II II32 66 Fig. 01.8

E E77 97

B B67 76 Fig. 01.9

E E98 107

2

D2B Network D2B Network Fig. 20.4

+

U

Y20.3IP65-9

IP65-10

S

S

U

Y20.3NA7-4

NA7-14

S

S

CA240-10

SCPBOF

BOF

ID1-1

ID1-2

D2

D2

BOF

BOF

CD5-1

CD5-2

D2

D2

BOF

BOF

CD3-1

CD3-2

D2

D2

BOF

BOF

CD2-1

CD2-2

D2

D2

BOF

BOFCD1-2

CD1-1

CD6-2

CD6-1

BOF

BOF

OIP65-19

O

BOF

BOF

CD4-1

CD4-2

D2

D2

BOF

BOF

CD7-1

CD7-2

D2

D2

OCA301-3

O

OPH1-23

O

OPH2-14

O

ONA7-3

O

OCA425-5

O

O

CAS45

20.3 –

+

20.3

CA407-12

O

CA414-5

O

D2B WAKE–UP

AUDIO UNIT

D2B WAKE–UP

CD AUTOCHANGER

D2B WAKE–UP

CELLULAR PHONEMODULE

D2B WAKE–UP

VOICE ACTIVATIONMODULE

D2B WAKE–UP

NAVIGATIONCONTROL MODULE

D2B WAKE–UP

POWER AMPLIFIER

NOTES:

The 6-module D2B Network shown depicts the greatest number ofmodules available. D2B Networks containing less than 6 modulesare always connected in the sequence shown from top to bottom.

Audio Unit – Master Module1 – CD Autochanger2 – Cellular Phone Module3 – Voice Activation Module4 – Navigation Control Module5 – Power Amplifier

When modules are not fitted to the vehicle, the fiber optic cablesand the connectors are deleted. Therefore, each Network containingless than 6 modules has a unique fiber optic and “wake up” circuit.

D2B Network diagnostics via SCP Network – refer to Figure 20.3.

All Vehicles

Page 190: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5
Page 191: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003 i

This Appendix contains a listing of CAN and SCP Network messages.NOTE: Passive Anti-Theft System and Security System messages are not included in this appendix.

The following acronyms and abbreviations are used throughout this section:

A/C Air ConditioningABS Anti-Lock Braking

AT CMD Commands for configuring and controlling telecommunication devicesAUDIO Audio Unit

BIT Smallest element of data code (1 or 0)BYTE Grouping of 8 bits (one alphanumeric character)

°C Degrees CelsiusCAL CalibrateCAN Controller Area NetworkCCM Climate Control ModuleCID CAN IdentifierCM Control module

CPM Cellular Phone ModuleD2B D2B Fiber Optic Network

D2B OPC Instructions for translating and routing data for D2B useDIAG DiagnosticsDSC Dynamic Stability Control

DSCM Dynamic Stability Control ModuleDSM Driver Seat ModuleDTC Diagnostic Trouble CodeECM Engine Control Module

°F Degrees FahrenheitGateway Device that converts messages between different types of networks

GEM General Electronic ModuleHLM Headlamp Leveling ModuleIDB Identification Byte

IC Instrument ClusterJGM J-Gate ModuleLED Light Emitting DiodeMIL Malfunction Indicator Lamp

MSG MessageNCM Navigation Control ModuleOBD On Board Diagnostics (OBD II, EOBD)ODO Odometer

PTT Push to TalkRPM Revolutions Per MinuteSAS Steering Angle SensorSCP Standard Corporate Protocol NetworkSMS Short Message Service for Mobile CommunicationsSTM Switch to Test ModeTCM Transmission Control ModuleTCS Traction Control System

VAM Voice Activation ModuleWDS Worldwide Diagnostic SystemYRS Yaw Rate Sensor

Page 192: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

ii DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Appendix

SCP Message Matrix

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

GEC

MIC

NC

MA

UD

IO

All

Hea

dlam

p St

atus

- O

ffIC

X

X

All

Hea

dlam

p St

atus

- O

nIC

X

X

All

Park

Lam

p St

atus

- O

ffIC

X

XX

All

Park

Lam

p St

atus

- O

nIC

X

XX

ALL

Tur

n si

gnal

Lam

p C

omm

and

- Off

GEM

X

ALL

Tur

n si

gnal

Lam

p C

omm

and

- On

GEM

X

Cel

lula

r Ph

one

In U

se S

tatu

s - N

o (F

alse

)A

UD

IO

X

Cel

lula

r Ph

one

In U

se S

tatu

s - Y

es (T

rue)

AU

DIO

X

Chi

me

Con

figur

atio

n 1

Com

man

d - D

isab

led

(Airb

ag)

ICX

Chi

me

Con

figur

atio

n 1

Com

man

d - E

nabl

ed (A

irbag

)IC

X

Chi

me

Con

figur

atio

n 2

Com

man

d - D

isab

led

(Sea

t Bel

t) IC

X

Chi

me

Con

figur

atio

n 2

Com

man

d - E

nabl

ed (S

eat B

elt)

ICX

Trun

k lid

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

us -

Act

ive

GEM

X

X

Trun

k lid

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

us -

Inac

tive

GEM

X

X

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Con

firm

atio

n St

atus

- A

ccep

tIC

XX

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Con

firm

atio

n St

atus

- Re

ject

IC

X

X

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Dis

play

Str

ing

Com

man

d - C

lear

Dis

play

AU

DIO

X

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Dis

play

Str

ing

Com

man

d - C

lear

Dis

play

NC

M

X

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Dis

play

Str

ing

Com

man

d - O

verw

rite

Dis

play

AU

DIO

X

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Dis

play

Str

ing

Com

man

d - O

verw

rite

Dis

play

NC

M

X

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Term

inat

e C

omm

and

AU

DIO

X

Dis

play

Acc

ess

Term

inat

e C

omm

and

NC

M

X

Dow

nloa

d Bl

ock

to D

ispl

ay C

omm

and

AU

DIO

X

Dow

nloa

d Bl

ock

to D

ispl

ay C

omm

and

NC

M

X

Driv

er's

Fron

t Doo

r A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- A

ctiv

eG

EM

X

X

Driv

er's

Fron

t Doo

r A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- In

activ

eG

EM

X

X

Driv

er's

Rear

Doo

r A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- A

ctiv

eG

EMX

X

Driv

er's

Rear

Doo

r A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- In

activ

eG

EMX

X

Gat

eway

Clim

ate

Con

trol

to D

ispl

ay S

tatu

sIC

X

Gat

eway

Clim

ate

Con

trol

to V

oice

Sta

tus

IC

X

Gat

eway

Aud

io to

NC

MA

UD

IO

X

Gat

eway

Aud

io to

NC

M (M

ultif

ram

e)A

UD

IO

X

Page 193: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003 iii

SCP Message MatrixG

atew

ay D

ispl

ay to

Clim

ate

Con

trol

Com

man

dN

CM

X

Gat

eway

NC

M to

Aud

ioN

CM

X

Gat

eway

NC

M to

Pho

ne (A

T C

md)

(Firs

t Fra

me)

NC

M

X

Gat

eway

NC

M to

Pho

ne (A

T C

md)

(Con

tinua

tion

Fram

e)N

CM

X

Gat

eway

NC

M to

Pho

ne (D

2B O

PC) (

Firs

t Fra

me)

NC

M

X

Gat

eway

NC

M to

Pho

ne (D

2B O

PC) (

Con

tinua

tion

Fram

e)N

CM

X

Gat

eway

NC

M to

SM

S (S

MS

Dat

a) (F

irst F

ram

e)N

CM

X

Gat

eway

NC

M to

SM

S (S

MS

Dat

a) (C

ontin

uatio

n Fr

ame)

NC

M

X

Gat

eway

NC

M to

VA

MN

CM

X

Gat

eway

Pho

ne to

NC

M (A

T C

md)

(Firs

t Fra

me)

AU

DIO

X

Gat

eway

Pho

ne to

NC

M (A

T C

md)

(Con

tinua

tion

Fram

e)A

UD

IO

X

Gat

eway

Pho

ne to

NC

M (D

2B O

PC) (

Firs

t Fra

me)

AU

DIO

X

Gat

eway

Pho

ne to

NC

M (D

2B O

PC) (

Con

tinua

tion

Fram

e)A

UD

IO

X

Gat

eway

SM

S to

NC

M (S

MS

Dat

a) (F

irst F

ram

e)A

UD

IO

X

Gat

eway

SM

S to

NC

M (S

MS

Dat

a) (C

ontin

uatio

n Fr

ame)

AU

DIO

X

Gat

eway

Voi

ce to

Clim

ate

Con

trol

Com

man

dA

UD

IO

X

Gat

eway

VA

M to

NC

MA

UD

IO

X

Hoo

d A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- A

ctiv

eG

EM

X

X

Hoo

d A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- In

activ

eG

EM

X

X

Igni

tion

Switc

h Po

sitio

n w

ith In

itial

ize

Stat

us -

No

(Fal

se)

ICX

XX

Igni

tion

Switc

h Po

sitio

n w

ith In

itial

ize

Stat

us -

Yes

(Tru

e)IC

XX

X

Left

Side

Tur

n Si

gnal

Com

man

d - O

ffG

EM

X

Left

Side

Tur

n Si

gnal

Com

man

d - O

nG

EM

X

Low

Fue

l Lev

el S

tatu

s - N

o (F

alse

)IC

X

Low

Fue

l Lev

el S

tatu

s - Y

es (T

rue)

IC

X

Low

Was

her

Flui

d w

arni

ng -

Off

ICX

Low

Was

her

Flui

d w

arni

ng -

On

ICX

Net

wor

k Bu

s W

ake-

up C

omm

and

- Yes

(Tru

e)G

EM

Net

wor

k Bu

s W

ake-

up C

omm

and

- Yes

(Tru

e)IC

Odo

met

er R

ollin

g C

ount

Sta

tus

IC

X

Park

ing

Brak

e Sw

itch

Stat

us -

Act

ive

IC

X

Park

ing

Brak

e Sw

itch

Stat

us -

Inac

tive

IC

X

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

GEC

MIC

NC

MA

UD

IO

Page 194: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

iv DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Appendix

SCP Message MatrixPa

ssen

ger's

Fro

nt D

oor

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

us -

Act

ive

GEM

X

X

Pass

enge

r's F

ront

Doo

r A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- In

activ

eG

EMX

X

Pass

enge

r's R

ear

Doo

r A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- A

ctiv

eG

EM

X

X

Pass

enge

r's R

ear

Doo

r A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- In

activ

eG

EM

X

X

Rem

ote

Con

trol

But

ton

Stat

us -

Butt

on 7

(PTT

) Act

ive

AU

DIO

X

Rem

ote

Con

trol

But

ton

Stat

us -

Butt

on 6

(VO

L+) A

ctiv

eA

UD

IO

X

Rem

ote

Con

trol

But

ton

Stat

us -

Butt

on 5

(VO

L-) A

ctiv

eA

UD

IO

X

Rem

ote

Con

trol

But

ton

Stat

us -

Butt

on 4

(SEL

ECT)

Act

ive

AU

DIO

X

Rem

ote

Con

trol

But

ton

Stat

us -

Butt

on 3

(SEE

K U

P) A

ctiv

eA

UD

IO

X

Rem

ote

Con

trol

But

ton

Stat

us -

Butt

on 2

(SEE

K D

OW

N) A

ctiv

eA

UD

IO

X

Rem

ote

Con

trol

But

ton

Stat

us -

All

Butt

ons

Inac

tive

AU

DIO

X

Requ

est A

ll H

eadl

amp

Stat

usG

EM

X

Requ

est A

ll H

eadl

amp

Stat

usA

UD

IO

X

Requ

est A

ll Pa

rk L

amp

Stat

usG

EM

X

Requ

est A

ll Pa

rk L

amp

Stat

usN

CM

X

Requ

est A

ll Pa

rk L

amp

Stat

usA

UD

IO

X

Requ

est t

runk

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est t

runk

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usA

UD

IOX

Requ

est D

river

's Fr

ont D

oor

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est D

river

's Fr

ont D

oor

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usA

UD

IOX

Requ

est D

river

's Re

ar D

oor

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est D

river

's Re

ar D

oor

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usA

UD

IOX

Requ

est H

ood

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est H

ood

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usA

UD

IOX

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

witc

h Po

sitio

n w

ith In

itial

ize

Stat

usG

EM

X

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

witc

h Po

sitio

n w

ith In

itial

ize

Stat

usA

UD

IO

X

Requ

est I

gniti

on S

witc

h Po

sitio

n w

ith In

itial

ize

Stat

usN

CM

X

Requ

est L

ow F

uel L

evel

Sta

tus

NC

M

X

Requ

est L

ow W

ashe

r Fl

uid

war

ning

Com

man

dG

EM

X

Requ

est P

arki

ng B

rake

Sw

itch

Stat

usA

UD

IO

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

's Fr

ont D

oor

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usIC

X

Requ

est P

asse

nger

's Fr

ont D

oor

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usA

UD

IOX

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

GEC

MIC

NC

MA

UD

IO

Page 195: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003 v

SCP Message MatrixRe

ques

t Pas

seng

er's

Rear

Doo

r A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

ICX

Requ

est P

asse

nger

's Re

ar D

oor

Aja

r Sw

itch

Stat

usA

UD

IOX

Requ

est S

eat b

elt w

arni

ng S

tatu

sIC

X

Requ

est T

ailg

ate

Gla

ss A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

ICX

Requ

est V

ehic

le A

nti-t

heft

Syst

em S

tatu

sIC

X

Requ

est V

ehic

le C

onfig

urat

ion

Mod

ule

Prog

ram

med

Sta

tus

ICX

Requ

est V

ehic

le In

ertia

Sw

itch

Stat

usG

EM

X

Requ

est V

ehic

le S

ecur

ity K

ey S

tatu

sG

EM

X

Requ

est V

ehic

le S

ecur

ity K

ey S

tatu

sA

UD

IO

X

Righ

t Sid

e Tu

rn S

igna

l Com

man

d - O

ffG

EM

X

Righ

t Sid

e Tu

rn S

igna

l Com

man

d - O

nG

EM

X

Seat

belt

war

ning

Com

man

d O

ffG

EM

X

Seat

belt

war

ning

Com

man

d O

nG

EM

X

Stee

ring

Whe

el B

utto

n Pr

esse

dA

UD

IO

X

Tailg

ate

Gla

ss A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- A

ctiv

eG

EM

X

Tailg

ate

Gla

ss A

jar

Switc

h St

atus

- In

activ

eG

EM

X

Term

inat

e D

ispl

ay C

onfir

mat

ion

Stat

us -

Acc

ept

IC

X

X

Term

inat

e D

ispl

ay C

onfir

mat

ion

Stat

us -

Reje

ctIC

XX

Term

inat

e D

ispl

ay D

efin

ition

Com

man

dA

UD

IO

X

Term

inat

e D

ispl

ay D

efin

ition

Com

man

dN

CM

X

Tim

e of

Day

(with

Mod

e) C

omm

and

NC

M

X

Tim

e of

Day

(with

Mod

e) S

tatu

sA

UD

IO

X

Tran

sit M

ode

Com

man

d - A

ctiv

eEX

TERN

AL

XX

Tran

sit M

ode

Com

man

d - I

nact

ive

ICX

Tran

smis

sion

PRN

DL

Rang

e Se

lect

ed S

tatu

sIC

X

Vehi

cle

Ant

i-the

ft Sy

stem

Sta

tus

GEM

X

Vehi

cle

Con

figur

atio

n M

odul

e Pr

ogra

mm

ed S

tatu

s - N

o (F

alse

)G

EM

X

Vehi

cle

Con

figur

atio

n M

odul

e Pr

ogra

mm

ed S

tatu

s - N

o (F

alse

)A

UD

IO

X

Vehi

cle

Con

figur

atio

n M

odul

e Pr

ogra

mm

ed S

tatu

s - Y

es (T

rue)

GEM

X

Vehi

cle

Iner

tia S

witc

h St

atus

- A

ctiv

e (C

rash

ed)

ICX

Vehi

cle

Iner

tia S

witc

h St

atus

- In

activ

e (O

K)

ICX

Vehi

cle

Secu

rity

Key

Sta

tus

ICX

X

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

GEC

MIC

NC

MA

UD

IO

Page 196: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

vi DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Appendix

SCP Message MatrixVe

hicl

e Sp

eed

- Hig

h Re

solu

tion

Stat

usIC

X

X

VAM

Con

trol

Mod

e St

atus

- O

ffA

UD

IOX

X

VAM

Con

trol

Mod

e St

atus

- O

nA

UD

IOX

X

VAM

Con

trol

Mod

e St

atus

- O

ffN

CM

XX

VAM

Con

trol

Mod

e St

atus

- O

nN

CM

XX

VAM

Tra

inin

g M

ode

A/B

Ent

ryN

CM

X

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

GEC

MIC

NC

MA

UD

IO

Page 197: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003 vii

CAN Message Matrix

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

ABS/TC/DSC

ECM

TCM

IC

CCM

HLM

JGM

SAS

YRS

DSM

WDS

CA

N r

efla

sh W

DS

ECM

WD

S

X

CA

N r

efla

sh E

CM

WD

SEC

M

X

CA

N e

ngin

e to

rque

req

uest

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

X

CA

N te

mpo

rary

torq

ue r

eque

stA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

CA

N e

ngin

e dr

ag to

rque

req

uest

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

X

CA

N Y

RS te

st m

ode

YRS

X

CA

N Y

RS p

ositi

ve T

M b

itYR

SX

CA

N Y

RS e

rror

bit

YRS

X

CA

N Y

RS te

mpo

rary

err

or b

itYR

SX

CA

N Y

RS c

alib

ratio

n re

spon

seYR

SX

CA

N Y

RS ID

byt

e re

spon

seYR

SX

CA

N y

aw r

ate

sign

alYR

SX

CA

N la

tera

l acc

eler

atio

n si

gnal

YRS

X

CA

N Y

RS s

witc

h to

test

mod

eA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

CA

N Y

RS c

alib

ratio

nA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

CA

N Y

RS ID

byt

eA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

CA

N s

teer

ing

whe

el a

ngle

SAS

X

CA

N s

teer

ing

whe

el s

peed

SAS

X

CA

N s

teer

ing

whe

el s

tatu

sSA

SX

CA

N S

WS

mes

sage

cou

ntSA

SX

CA

N S

WS

chec

ksum

SAS

X

CA

N in

dica

ted

engi

ne to

rque

ECM

X

X

CA

N e

ngin

e fr

ictio

n to

rque

ECM

X

X

CA

N a

ctua

l eng

ine

torq

ueEC

MX

X

CA

N d

river

dem

and

torq

ueEC

MX

X

CA

N to

rque

red

uctio

n re

ques

tTC

M

X

CA

N tr

ansm

issi

on to

rque

lim

itTC

M

X

CA

N to

rque

con

vert

er s

lipTC

MX

X

CA

N tr

ansm

issi

on in

put s

peed

TCM

X

Page 198: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

viii DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Appendix

CAN Message Matrix

CA

N tr

ansm

issi

on o

utpu

t spe

edTC

M

X

CA

N tr

actio

n sh

ift m

apA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

CA

N O

BD II

ABS

cle

ar a

ckno

wle

dge

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

X

CA

N A

BS fa

ult c

ode

MIL

sta

tus

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

X

CA

N A

BS s

tatu

sA

BS /

TC /

DSC

CA

N v

ehic

le r

efer

ence

spe

edA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

X

X

CA

N A

BS fa

ult c

odes

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

X

CA

N O

DO

rol

ling

coun

tA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

CA

N A

BS m

alfu

nctio

nA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

X

CA

N A

BS fl

ags

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

X

X

CA

N tr

ansm

issi

on in

put i

ndic

ated

torq

ueEC

MX

X

CA

N e

ngin

e ac

cele

ratio

nEC

MX

CA

N th

rott

le p

ositi

onEC

MX

X

CA

N p

edal

pos

ition

ECM

X

X

CA

N e

ngin

e sp

eed

ECM

X

XX

X

CA

N a

ltern

ator

sta

tus

ECM

X

CA

N s

peed

con

trol

sta

tus

ECM

XX

CA

N k

ick

dow

nEC

M

X

CA

N O

BD II

cle

ar fa

ult c

odes

ECM

X

X

CA

N b

rake

ped

al p

ress

edEC

M

X

X

X

CA

N c

rank

in p

rogr

ess

ECM

X

XX

X

X

CA

N tr

actio

n ac

know

ledg

eEC

MX

CA

N fu

el c

ap w

arni

ngEC

M

X

CA

N b

rake

flui

d lo

wIC

XX

CA

N p

ark

brak

e st

atus

ICX

X

X

CA

N d

ippe

d be

am s

tatu

sIC

X

XX

CA

N r

ever

se g

ear

man

ual s

elec

ted

IC

X

CA

N o

il pr

essu

re lo

wIC

X

CA

N r

estr

ict c

limat

e co

ntro

l blo

wer

sIC

X

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

ABS/TC/DSC

ECM

TCM

IC

CCM

HLM

JGM

SAS

YRS

DSM

WDS

Page 199: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003 ix

CAN Message Matrix

CA

N fu

el le

vel d

ampe

dIC

X

CA

N fu

el le

vel r

aw 1

IC

X

CA

N fu

el le

vel r

aw 2

IC

X

CA

N b

ackl

ight

sta

tus

IC

X

CA

N g

ear

posi

tion

actu

alTC

MX

X

X

X

CA

N g

ear

posi

tion

sele

cted

TCM

X

X

X

CA

N tr

ansm

issi

on s

hift

map

TCM

XX

CA

N tr

ansm

issi

on o

il te

mpe

ratu

reTC

M

X

X

CA

N tr

ansm

issi

on m

alfu

nctio

nTC

MX

X

X

CA

N T

CM

con

figur

atio

n fla

gTC

M

X

CA

N to

rque

con

vert

er s

tatu

sTC

MX

X

CA

N g

ear

sele

ctio

n fa

ult

TCM

X

X

X

CA

N id

le n

eutr

al c

ontr

olTC

M

X

CA

N p

erfo

rman

ce m

ode

indi

catio

nTC

M

X

CA

N T

CM

faul

t cod

e M

IL s

tatu

sTC

M

X

CA

N O

BD II

TC

M c

lear

ack

now

ledg

eTC

M

X

CA

N tr

ansm

issi

on fa

ult c

odes

TCM

XX

CA

N g

ear

posi

tion

targ

etTC

MX

CA

N p

ress

ure

tran

sduc

erEC

M

X

CA

N e

ngin

e in

take

tem

pera

ture

ECM

X

CA

N A

/C c

lutc

h in

hibi

t sta

tus

ECM

X

CA

N e

lect

rical

load

man

agem

ent

ECM

X

CA

N A

/C lo

ad c

ontr

olEC

M

X

CA

N c

oolin

g fa

n fe

edba

ckEC

M

X

CA

N a

mbi

ent t

empe

ratu

reC

CM

X

X

CA

N c

ompr

esso

r to

rque

CC

M

X

CA

N A

/C c

omm

ands

CC

M

X

CA

N A

/C s

tatu

sC

CM

X

CA

N c

oolin

g fa

n re

ques

tC

CM

X

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

ABS/TC/DSC

ECM

TCM

IC

CCM

HLM

JGM

SAS

YRS

DSM

WDS

Page 200: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

x DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5Appendix

CAN Message Matrix

CA

N fu

el u

sed

ECM

X

CA

N e

ngin

e O

BD II

MIL

ECM

X

CA

N th

rott

le m

alfu

nctio

n RE

DEC

MX

X

CA

N th

rott

le m

alfu

nctio

n A

MBE

REC

MX

X

CA

N E

CM

faul

t cod

e M

IL s

tatu

sEC

MX

X

X

CA

N E

CM

con

figur

atio

n fla

gEC

M

X

CA

N e

ngin

e fa

ult c

odes

ECM

X

CA

N e

ngin

e co

olan

t tem

pera

ture

ECM

XX

X

CA

N e

ngin

e oi

l tem

pera

ture

ECM

X

CA

N b

arom

etric

pre

ssur

eEC

M

X

CA

N fr

ont l

eft w

heel

spe

edA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

X

X

CA

N fr

ont r

ight

whe

el s

peed

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

XX

X

CA

N r

ear

left

whe

el s

peed

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

XX

X

CA

N r

ear

right

whe

el s

peed

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

XX

X

CA

N o

dom

eter

rea

ding

IC

X

X

CA

N d

ispl

ay m

emor

y st

ored

DSM

X

CA

N d

ispl

ay m

emor

y re

calle

dD

SM

X

CA

N V

OIC

E cl

imat

e co

ntro

l com

man

dIC

X

CA

N c

limat

e co

ntro

l VO

ICE

stat

usC

CM

X

CA

N d

ispl

ay c

limat

e co

ntro

l com

man

dIC

X

CA

N c

limat

e co

ntro

l dis

play

sta

tus

CC

M

X

CA

N p

ower

trai

n co

nfig

urat

ion

ECM

X

X

CA

N S

WS

com

man

d co

de w

ord

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

X

CA

N S

WS

CA

N ID

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SC

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a in

CC

MW

DS

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a ou

t CC

MC

CM

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a in

DSM

WD

S

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a ou

t DSM

WD

S

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a in

EC

MW

DS

X

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

ABS/TC/DSC

ECM

TCM

IC

CCM

HLM

JGM

SAS

YRS

DSM

WDS

Page 201: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

X-TYPE 2004.25 / 2004.5 Appendix

DATE OF ISSUE: August 2003 xi

CAN Message Matrix

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a in

TC

MW

DS

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a in

ICW

DS

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a in

ABS

/ TC

/ D

SCW

DS

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a ou

t EC

MEC

M

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a ou

t TC

MTC

M

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a ou

t IC

IC

X

CA

N d

iagn

ostic

dat

a ou

t ABS

/ TC

/ D

SCA

BS /

TC /

DSC

X

Mes

sage

Sourc

e

Rec

eive

rs

ABS/TC/DSC

ECM

TCM

IC

CCM

HLM

JGM

SAS

YRS

DSM

WDS

Page 202: 2004.25 / 2004.5 Electrical Guide Sedan and Estate (Wagon)...Sedan and Estate (Wagon) 2.0 L, 2.5 L and 3.0 L Gasoline; 2.0 L Diesel Model Years: Sedan 2004.25, Estate (Wagon) 2004.5

Recommended